]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Regenerate ldefs-boot.el
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21604 48550 301934 225000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21604 48550
69 ;;;;;; 313934 225000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21604 48550
89 ;;;;;; 313934 225000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21604 48550
100 ;;;;;; 313934 225000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21604 48550 421934
112 ;;;;;; 229000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21604 48550
242 ;;;;;; 1934 214000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21604 48549 921934 211000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21604 48549 925934 211000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21631
841 ;;;;;; 35966 795121 865000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21640 32530 974334
900 ;;;;;; 457000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21604 48550 301934
922 ;;;;;; 225000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21604 48549 925934
955 ;;;;;; 211000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21604
982 ;;;;;; 48550 313934 225000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21604 48549 945934
1019 ;;;;;; 212000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21604 48549 925934
1041 ;;;;;; 211000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21631 35966 799121
1157 ;;;;;; 866000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21604 48549 925934 211000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21604 48550
1249 ;;;;;; 393934 228000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21604 48550
1456 ;;;;;; 313934 225000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21631
1484 ;;;;;; 35966 847121 867000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21604 48549 925934
1497 ;;;;;; 211000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21604 48550
1558 ;;;;;; 313934 225000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21637 50476 651217
1569 ;;;;;; 120000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21631
1608 ;;;;;; 35966 819121 866000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21604 48549 929934
1660 ;;;;;; 211000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21604 48549 929934 211000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21604 48550
1787 ;;;;;; 313934 225000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21604 48549 929934
1806 ;;;;;; 211000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21604
1842 ;;;;;; 48550 1934 214000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21604 48550
1879 ;;;;;; 393934 228000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21604 48550 393934 228000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21604 48550 181934
1982 ;;;;;; 220000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21604 48550
2007 ;;;;;; 301934 225000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21604 48549 929934
2127 ;;;;;; 211000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2151
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2155
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2165
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2174
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2225
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2248
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2255
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2263
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2283
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2290
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2304
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2313
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317
2318 ;;;***
2319 \f
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21604 48550
2321 ;;;;;; 213934 222000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2386
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2596
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2625
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21604 48549 929934 211000))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2639
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2672
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21604 48550 301934
2678 ;;;;;; 225000))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2689
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (21604 48550 313934 225000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21645
2721 ;;;;;; 25761 789186 828000))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726
2727 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2732 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2735
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2741 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2744
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2749 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750
2751 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752
2753 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2754 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2755 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2756 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757
2758 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2759 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2760 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2761 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2762 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2763 before scanning it.
2764
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2766 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2799
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 cons, etc.).
2803
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2807
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814
2815 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 already up-to-date.
2825
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2836
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21631
2842 ;;;;;; 35966 799121 866000))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21631 35966
2852 ;;;;;; 799121 866000))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858
2859 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860
2861 ;;;***
2862 \f
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21604
2864 ;;;;;; 48549 949934 212000))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866
2867 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2868 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2869 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2870 from the cursor position.
2871
2872 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21604 48549 945934 212000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2898 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2899
2900 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2901
2902 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2904 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2905 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2906
2907 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2908
2909 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2910 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2911 This is most useful in the X window system.
2912 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2913 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2914
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916
2917 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2918 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2919 See calc-keypad for details.
2920
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2924 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2925
2926 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2929 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932
2933 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2934 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2935
2936 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2937
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2939 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2941
2942 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2945 Define Calc function.
2946
2947 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2948 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2949 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2950
2951 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2952 actual Lisp function name.
2953
2954 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2955
2956 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2957
2958 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2959
2960 ;;;***
2961 \f
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21604 48549
2963 ;;;;;; 941934 211000))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2965
2966 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2967
2968
2969 \(fn N)" t nil)
2970
2971 ;;;***
2972 \f
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21604 48549 945934
2974 ;;;;;; 212000))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2976
2977 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2978 Run the Emacs calculator.
2979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2980
2981 \(fn)" t nil)
2982
2983 ;;;***
2984 \f
2985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21604 48549
2986 ;;;;;; 953934 212000))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2988
2989 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2990 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2991 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2992 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2993 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2994 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2995
2996 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2997 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2998 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2999 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3000 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3001 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3002 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3003 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3004 window.
3005
3006 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3007 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3008
3009 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3010 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3011 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3012 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3013 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3014 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3015
3016 Runs the following hooks:
3017
3018 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3019 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3020 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3021 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3022
3023 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3024
3025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3026
3027 ;;;***
3028 \f
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21604 48550 81934
3030 ;;;;;; 217000))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3032
3033 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3034 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3035
3036 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3037
3038 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3039 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3040 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3041 it fails.
3042
3043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3044
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21659
3048 ;;;;;; 61733 214949 164000))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3050
3051 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3052 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3053
3054 \(fn)" nil nil)
3055
3056 ;;;***
3057 \f
3058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21631 35966
3059 ;;;;;; 903121 869000))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3061
3062 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3063 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3064
3065 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3066 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3067
3068 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3069 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3070
3071 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3072
3073 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3074 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3075 made from scratch.
3076
3077 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3078
3079 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3080 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3081
3082 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3083 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3084 made from scratch.
3085
3086 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3087
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3090
3091 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3092
3093 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3094 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3095 made from scratch.
3096
3097 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3098
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3101
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3105
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3107
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3110
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3112
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3116
3117 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3118
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3121
3122 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3123 variables are guessed:
3124
3125 * `c-basic-offset', and
3126 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3127 `c-offsets-alist'.
3128
3129 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3130 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3131
3132 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3133 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3134
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3137 guess is made from scratch.
3138
3139 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3140 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3141
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3146 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3147 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3148
3149 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3150 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3151 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3152
3153 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3154
3155 ;;;***
3156 \f
3157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21651 20707
3158 ;;;;;; 184225 752000))
3159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3160
3161 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3162 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3163 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3164 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3165 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3166 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3167 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3168
3169 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3173 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3178
3179 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3180 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3181 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3182 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3183 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3184 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3185
3186 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3187
3188 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3189 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3190
3191 Key bindings:
3192 \\{c-mode-map}
3193
3194 \(fn)" t nil)
3195
3196 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3197 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3198 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3199 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3200 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3201 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3202 message.
3203
3204 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3205
3206 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3207 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3208
3209 Key bindings:
3210 \\{c++-mode-map}
3211
3212 \(fn)" t nil)
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3214
3215 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3221 message.
3222
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3224
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3227
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{objc-mode-map}
3230
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3233
3234 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3235 Major mode for editing Java code.
3236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3240 message.
3241
3242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3243
3244 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3245 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3246
3247 Key bindings:
3248 \\{java-mode-map}
3249
3250 \(fn)" t nil)
3251 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3252
3253 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3259 message.
3260
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3262
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3265
3266 Key bindings:
3267 \\{idl-mode-map}
3268
3269 \(fn)" t nil)
3270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3271 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3272
3273 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3274 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3276 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3279 message.
3280
3281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3282
3283 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3284 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3285
3286 Key bindings:
3287 \\{pike-mode-map}
3288
3289 \(fn)" t nil)
3290 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3291 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3292 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3293 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3294 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3295
3296 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3297 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3298 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3299 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3300 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3301 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3302
3303 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3304
3305 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3306 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3307
3308 Key bindings:
3309 \\{awk-mode-map}
3310
3311 \(fn)" t nil)
3312
3313 ;;;***
3314 \f
3315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21631
3316 ;;;;;; 35966 907121 870000))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3318
3319 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3320 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3321 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3322 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3323
3324 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3325
3326 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3327 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3328 might get set too.
3329
3330 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3331 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3332 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3333 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3334 in this way.
3335
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3337 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3338 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3339 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3340 a null operation.
3341
3342 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3343
3344 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3346 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3347 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3348
3349 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3350
3351 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3352 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3353 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3354
3355 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3356
3357 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3358 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3359 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3360 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3361 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3362
3363 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3364
3365 ;;;***
3366 \f
3367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21631 35966
3368 ;;;;;; 907121 870000))
3369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3370 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3371 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3372 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3373
3374 ;;;***
3375 \f
3376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21604 48550 133934
3377 ;;;;;; 219000))
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3379
3380 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3381 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3382
3383 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3384
3385 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3386 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3387
3388 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3389
3390 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3391 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3392
3393 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3394 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3395 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3396 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3397 execution.
3398
3399 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3400
3401 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3402
3403 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3404 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3405
3406 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3407 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3408 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3409 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3410
3411 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3412 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3413 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3414 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3415 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3416 `write' commands.
3417
3418 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3419 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3420 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3421 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3422
3423 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3424 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3425 semantics.
3426
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3428
3429 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3430
3431 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3432
3433 STATEMENT :=
3434 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3435 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3436
3437 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3438 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3439 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3440 | integer
3441
3442 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3443
3444 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3445 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3446 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3447
3448 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3449 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3450 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3451
3452 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3453 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3454
3455 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3456 BREAK := (break)
3457
3458 REPEAT :=
3459 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3460 (repeat)
3461 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3462 ;; (repeat))
3463 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3464 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3465 ;; (read REG)
3466 ;; (repeat))
3467 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3468 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3469 ;; (read REG)
3470 ;; (repeat))
3471 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3472
3473 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3474 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3475 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3476 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3477 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3478 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3479 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3480 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3481 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3482 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3483 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3484 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3485 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3486 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3487 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3488 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3489
3490 WRITE :=
3491 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3492 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3493 ;; representation.
3494 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3495 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3496 ;; (write r7))
3497 | (write EXPRESSION)
3498 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3499 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3500 ;; representation.
3501 | (write integer)
3502 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3503 ;; buffer.
3504 | (write string)
3505 ;; Same as: (write string)
3506 | string
3507 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3508 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3509 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3510 ;; representation.
3511 | (write REG ARRAY)
3512 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3513 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3514 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3515 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3516 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3517 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3518
3519 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3520 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3521
3522 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3523 END := (end)
3524
3525 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3526 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3527 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3528
3529 ARG := REG | integer
3530
3531 OPERATOR :=
3532 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3533 + | - | * | / | %
3534
3535 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3536 | & | `|' | ^
3537
3538 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3539 | << | >>
3540
3541 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3542 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3543 | <8
3544
3545 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3546 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3547 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3548 | >8
3549
3550 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3551 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3552 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3553 | //
3554
3555 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3556 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3557
3558 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3559 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3560 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3561 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3562 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3563 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3564 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3565 | de-sjis
3566
3567 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3568 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3569 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3570 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3571 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3572 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3573 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3574 ;; byte of SJIS.
3575 | en-sjis
3576
3577 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3578 ;; Same meaning as C code
3579 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3580
3581 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3582 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3583 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3584 | <8=
3585
3586 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3587 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3588 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3589
3590 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3591 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3592 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3593 | //=
3594
3595 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3596
3597
3598 TRANSLATE :=
3599 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3600 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3601 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3602 LOOKUP :=
3603 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3604 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3605 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3606 MAP :=
3607 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3608 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3609 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3610 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3611 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3612 MAP-ID := integer
3613
3614 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3615
3616 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3617
3618 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3619 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3620 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3621 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3622 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3623 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3624
3625 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3626
3627 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3628 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3629 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3630
3631 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3632
3633 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3634
3635 ;;;***
3636 \f
3637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21645 25761
3638 ;;;;;; 789186 828000))
3639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3640
3641 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3642 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3643 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3644 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3645
3646 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3647
3648 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3649
3650 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3651 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3652
3653 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3654
3655 ;;;***
3656 \f
3657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21604 48549 957934
3658 ;;;;;; 212000))
3659 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3660 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3661
3662 ;;;***
3663 \f
3664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21604 48550
3665 ;;;;;; 321934 226000))
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3667 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3668
3669 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3670 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3671 There are no special keybindings by default.
3672
3673 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3674 to the action header.
3675
3676 \(fn)" t nil)
3677
3678 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3679 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3680 There are no special keybindings by default.
3681
3682 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3683 to the action header.
3684
3685 \(fn)" t nil)
3686
3687 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3688 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3689
3690 \(fn)" t nil)
3691
3692 ;;;***
3693 \f
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21604 48550
3695 ;;;;;; 5934 214000))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3697 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3698
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3702 ;;;;;; (21604 48550 5934 214000))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3704
3705 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3706 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3707 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3708
3709 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3710
3711 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3712 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3713 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3714
3715 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3716
3717 ;;;***
3718 \f
3719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21604
3720 ;;;;;; 48550 9934 214000))
3721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3722 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3723 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3724 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3725 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3726 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3727 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3728 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3729 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3730 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3731
3732 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3733
3734
3735 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3738
3739 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3740 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3741 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3742 the users will view as each check is completed.
3743
3744 \(fn)" t nil)
3745
3746 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3747 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3748 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3749 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3750 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3751 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3752 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3753 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3754
3755 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3756
3757 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3758 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3759 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3760 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3761 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3762 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3763 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3764 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3765
3766 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3767
3768 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3769 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3770 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3771 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3772 spacing are all verified.
3773
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3775
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3777 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3778 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3779 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3780 otherwise stop after the first error.
3781
3782 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3785 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3786 Only documentation strings are checked.
3787 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3788 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3789 a separate buffer.
3790
3791 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3792
3793 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3794 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3795 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3796 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3797 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3798
3799 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3800
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3802 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3803 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3804 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3805 if there is one.
3806
3807 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3808
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3810 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3811 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3812 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3813 if there is one.
3814 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3815
3816 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3817
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3819 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3820 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3821
3822 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3823
3824 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3825 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3826 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3827 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3828 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3829
3830 \(fn)" t nil)
3831
3832 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3833 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3834 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3835 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3836 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3837 space at the end of each line.
3838
3839 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3840
3841 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3842 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3843 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3844 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3845
3846 \(fn)" t nil)
3847
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3849 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3850 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3851 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3852
3853 \(fn)" t nil)
3854
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3856 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3857 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3858 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3859
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3861
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3863 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3864 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3865 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3866
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3868
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3870 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3871 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3872 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3873
3874 \(fn)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3877 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3878 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3879 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3880
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3882
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3884 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3885 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3886 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3892 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3894
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3896
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3901
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3903
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3905 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3909
3910 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3911 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3912 checking of documentation strings.
3913
3914 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3915
3916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3917
3918 ;;;***
3919 \f
3920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21604
3921 ;;;;;; 48550 145934 219000))
3922 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3923
3924 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3925 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3926 Return the length of resulting text.
3927
3928 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3929
3930 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3931 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3932
3933 \(fn)" t nil)
3934
3935 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3936 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3937 Return the length of resulting text.
3938
3939 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3942 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3943
3944 \(fn)" t nil)
3945
3946 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3947
3948
3949 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3950
3951 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3952
3953
3954 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3955
3956 ;;;***
3957 \f
3958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21604 48549 985934
3959 ;;;;;; 213000))
3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3961
3962 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3963 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3964 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3965 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3966 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3967 editing and the result is evaluated.
3968
3969 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3970
3971 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3972 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3973 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3974 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3975 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3976
3977 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3978
3979 \(fn)" t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3982 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3983 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3984 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3985 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3986
3987 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3988 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3989 \\{command-history-map}
3990
3991 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3992 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3993
3994 \(fn)" t nil)
3995
3996 ;;;***
3997 \f
3998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21604
3999 ;;;;;; 48550 9934 214000))
4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4001
4002 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4003 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4004 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4005 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4006 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4007 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4008 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4009 of this function.
4010
4011 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4012 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4013 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4014 property are:
4015
4016 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4017 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4018
4019 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4020 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4021 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4022 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4023 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4024 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4025 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4026 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4027 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4028 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4029 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4030 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4031
4032 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4033 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4034 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4035
4036 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4037 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4038 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4039 list elements are:
4040
4041 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4042
4043 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4044
4045 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4046
4047 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4048 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4049
4050 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4051 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4052
4053 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4054 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4055 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4056 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4057 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4058 value specified by their associated list element.
4059
4060 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4061
4062 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4063 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4064 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4065
4066 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4067 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4068 * indent the first argument by 4.
4069 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4070 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4071 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4072
4073 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4074 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4075 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4076 instead.
4077
4078 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4079
4080 ;;;***
4081 \f
4082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21631 35966
4083 ;;;;;; 823121 866000))
4084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4085 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4086
4087 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4088
4089 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4090 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4091 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4092 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4093 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4094 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4095
4096 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4097 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4098
4099 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4100
4101 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4102
4103 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4104
4105 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4106
4107 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4108
4109 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4110
4111 ;;;***
4112 \f
4113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21604 48550
4114 ;;;;;; 325934 226000))
4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4116
4117 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4118 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4119 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4120 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4121
4122 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4123 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4124 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4125 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4126
4127 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4128 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4129
4130 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4131
4132 ;;;***
4133 \f
4134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21604 48549 985934
4135 ;;;;;; 213000))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4137
4138 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4139 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4140 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4141 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4142 of `scheme-program-name').
4143 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4144 it is given as initial input.
4145 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4146 discards input when it starts up.
4147 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4148 is run).
4149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4150
4151 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4152
4153 ;;;***
4154 \f
4155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21604 48549 985934 213000))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4157
4158 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4159 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4160 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4161 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4162
4163 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4164 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4165
4166 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4167 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4168 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4169
4170 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4171
4172 ;;;***
4173 \f
4174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21637 50476 651217 120000))
4175 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4176
4177 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4178 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4179 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4180 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4181 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4182 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4183 functions have already modified the buffer.
4184
4185 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4186
4187 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4188 either globally or locally.")
4189
4190 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4191 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4192 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4193 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4194
4195 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4196 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4197 `start-file-process'
4198 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4199 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4200 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4201
4202 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4203 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4204
4205 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4206
4207 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4208
4209 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4210
4211 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4212 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4213 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4214 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4215 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4216 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4217 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4218 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4219 process as its initial input.
4220
4221 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4222
4223 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4224
4225 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4226
4227 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4228 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4229 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4230 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4231 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4232 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4233
4234 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4235
4236 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4237
4238 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4239 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4240 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4241 directory tracking functions.")
4242
4243 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4244 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4245 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4246
4247 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4248
4249 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4250
4251 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4252 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4253 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4254
4255 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4256
4257 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4258
4259 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4260 Send COMMAND to current process.
4261 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4262 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4263
4264 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4265
4266 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4267 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4268 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4269 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4270
4271 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4272
4273 ;;;***
4274 \f
4275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21637 50476
4276 ;;;;;; 683217 122000))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4278
4279 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4280 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4281 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4282 to get another window.
4283
4284 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4285 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4286
4287 This command pushes the mark in each window
4288 at the prior location of point in that window.
4289 If both windows display the same buffer,
4290 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4291 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4292
4293 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4294 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4295 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4296 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4297 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4298 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4299 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4300 ignored.
4301
4302 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4303 this command work in interlaced mode:
4304 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4305 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4306 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4307
4308 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4309
4310 ;;;***
4311 \f
4312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21604 48550
4313 ;;;;;; 325934 226000))
4314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4315
4316 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4317 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4318
4319 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4320
4321 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4322 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4323 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4324
4325 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4326
4327 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4328 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4329 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4330
4331 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4332
4333 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4334 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4335 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4336 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4337 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4338
4339 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4340 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4341 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4342 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4343 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4344
4345 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4346 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4347 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4348 describing how the process finished.")
4349
4350 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4351 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4352 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4353 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4354 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4355
4356 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4357 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4358 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4359
4360 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4361
4362 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4363 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4364 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4365 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4366
4367 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4368
4369 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4370 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4371
4372 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4373 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4374
4375 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4376 (lambda ()
4377 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4378 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4379 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4380 (concat \"make -k \"
4381 (if buffer-file-name
4382 (shell-quote-argument
4383 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4384
4385 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4386 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4387
4388 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4389 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4390 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4391 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4392
4393 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4394
4395 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4396 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4397 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4398 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4399
4400 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4401 and move to the source code that caused it.
4402
4403 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4404 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4405
4406 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4407 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4408 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4409 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4410 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4411
4412 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4413 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4414 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4415 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4416
4417 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4418 kills its subprocesses.
4419
4420 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4421 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4422 to a function that generates a unique name.
4423
4424 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4425
4426 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4427 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4428 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4429 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4430
4431 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4432 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4433
4434 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4435 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4436 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4437 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4438
4439 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4440 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4441 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4442
4443 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4444
4445 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4446
4447 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4448 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4449 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4450 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4451 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4452
4453 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4454
4455 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4456
4457 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4458
4459 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4460
4461 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4462 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4464 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4465 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4466
4467 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4468 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4469 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4470 See `compilation-mode'.
4471
4472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4473
4474 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4475 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4476 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4477 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4478 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4479
4480 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4481 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4482 `compilation-mode'.
4483
4484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4485
4486 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4487 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4488 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4489
4490 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4491
4492 ;;;***
4493 \f
4494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21659 61733 206949
4495 ;;;;;; 164000))
4496 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4497
4498 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4499 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4500 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4502 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4503 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4504
4505 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4506
4507 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4508 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4510 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4511 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4512
4513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4514
4515 ;;;***
4516 \f
4517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21604
4518 ;;;;;; 48550 393934 228000))
4519 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4520
4521 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4522 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4523 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4524 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4525 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4526 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4527 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4528
4529 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4530 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4531 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4532
4533 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4534 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4535 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4536
4537 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4538 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4539 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4540 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4541
4542 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4543 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4544 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4545 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4546 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4547 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4548 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4549
4550 \\{conf-mode-map}
4551
4552 \(fn)" t nil)
4553
4554 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4555 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4556 Comments start with `#'.
4557 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4558
4559 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4560
4561 \[Desktop Entry]
4562 Encoding=UTF-8
4563 Name=The GIMP
4564 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4565 Name[cs]=GIMP
4566
4567 \(fn)" t nil)
4568
4569 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4570 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4571 Comments start with `;'.
4572 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4573
4574 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4575
4576 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4577 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4578 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4579
4580 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4581 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4582
4583 \(fn)" t nil)
4584
4585 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4586 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4587 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4588 between `/*' and `*/'.
4589 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4590
4591 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4592 // another kind of comment
4593 /* yet another */
4594
4595 name:value
4596 name=value
4597 name value
4598 x.1 =
4599 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4600 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4601
4602 \(fn)" t nil)
4603
4604 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4605 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4606 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4607 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4608 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4609 `conf-space-keywords'.
4610 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4611 in an interactive fashion instead.
4612
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4614
4615 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4616
4617 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4618 image/png png
4619 image/tiff tiff tif
4620
4621 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4622 class desktop
4623 # Standard multimedia devices
4624 add /dev/audio desktop
4625 add /dev/mixer desktop
4626
4627 \(fn)" t nil)
4628
4629 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4630 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4631 See `conf-space-mode'.
4632
4633 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4634
4635 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4636 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4637 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4638 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4639
4640 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4641
4642 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4643 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4644
4645 \(fn)" t nil)
4646
4647 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4648 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4649 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4650 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4651
4652 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4653
4654 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4655 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4656
4657 \(fn)" t nil)
4658
4659 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4660 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4661 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4662 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4663
4664 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4665
4666 *background: gray99
4667 *foreground: black
4668
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4670
4671 ;;;***
4672 \f
4673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21604 48550 301934
4674 ;;;;;; 225000))
4675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4676
4677 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4678 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4679 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4680 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4681 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4682 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4683
4684 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4685
4686 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4687 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4688 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4689 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4690
4691 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4692
4693 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4694 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4695 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4696 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4697
4698 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4699
4700 ;;;***
4701 \f
4702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21604
4703 ;;;;;; 48550 9934 214000))
4704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4705 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4706 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4707 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4708
4709 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4710 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4711 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4712 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4713 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4714 following the copyright are updated as well.
4715 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4716 interactively.
4717
4718 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4719
4720 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4721 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4722 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4723 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4724 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4725
4726 \(fn)" t nil)
4727
4728 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4729 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4730
4731 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4732
4733 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4734 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4735 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4736
4737 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4738
4739 ;;;***
4740 \f
4741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21604
4742 ;;;;;; 48550 325934 226000))
4743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4744 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4745 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4746 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4747 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4748 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4749 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4750 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4751
4752 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4753 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4754 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4755 Tab indents for Perl code.
4756 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4757 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4758
4759 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4760 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4761 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4762 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4763 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4764 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4765 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4766 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4767 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4768 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4769 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4770 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4771
4772 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4773
4774 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4775 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4776
4777 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4778
4779 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4780 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4781 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4782 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4783 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4784 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4785 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4786 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4787 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4788
4789 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4790
4791 bite if angry;
4792
4793 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4794 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4795 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4796 to nil.)
4797
4798 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4799 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4800 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4801
4802 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4803
4804 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4805 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4806 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4807 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4808 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4809
4810 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4811
4812 if (A) { B }
4813
4814 into
4815
4816 B if A;
4817
4818 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4819
4820 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4821 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4822 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4823 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4824 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4825 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4826 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4827 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4828 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4829 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4830 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4831 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4832 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4833
4834 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4835 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4836 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4837 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4838 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4839 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4840
4841 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4842 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4843 man via menu.
4844
4845 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4846 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4847 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4848 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4849 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4850
4851 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4852 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4853 span the needed amount of lines.
4854
4855 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4856 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4857 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4858 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4859
4860 Variables controlling indentation style:
4861 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4862 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4863 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4864 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4865 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4866 `cperl-auto-newline'
4867 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4868 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4869 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4870 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4871 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4872 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4873 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4874 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4875 `cperl-indent-level'
4876 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4877 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4878 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4879 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4880 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4881 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4882 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4883 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4884 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4885 `cperl-brace-offset'
4886 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4887 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4888 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4889 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4890 `cperl-label-offset'
4891 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4892 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4893 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4894
4895 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4896 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4897 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4898 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4899 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4900 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4901
4902 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4903 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4904 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4905 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4906
4907 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4908 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4909 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4910 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4911 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4912 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4913 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4914
4915 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4916 column 0 is indented on
4917 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4918
4919 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4920 with no args.
4921
4922 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4923 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4924 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4925
4926 \(fn)" t nil)
4927
4928 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4929 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4930
4931 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4934 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4935
4936 \(fn)" t nil)
4937
4938 ;;;***
4939 \f
4940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21604 48550 329934
4941 ;;;;;; 226000))
4942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4943
4944 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4945 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4946 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4947 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4948 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4949
4950 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4951
4952 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4953 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4954
4955 \(fn)" t nil)
4956
4957 ;;;***
4958 \f
4959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21604 48550 9934
4960 ;;;;;; 214000))
4961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4962
4963 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4964 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4965 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4966 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4967 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4968 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4969 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4970 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4971
4972 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4973 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4974
4975 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4976 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4977 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4978
4979 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4980 with empty strings removed.
4981
4982 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4983
4984 ;;;***
4985 \f
4986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21604 48550
4987 ;;;;;; 393934 228000))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4989
4990 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4991 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4992
4993 \(fn)" t nil)
4994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
4995
4996 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
4997 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
4998
4999 \(fn)" t nil)
5000
5001 ;;;***
5002 \f
5003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21604 48550
5004 ;;;;;; 25934 215000))
5005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5006
5007 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5008 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5009 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5011 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5012 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5013
5014 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5015
5016 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5017 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5018 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5019 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5020 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5021
5022 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5023 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5024 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5025 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5026 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5027 normal function of these prefix keys.
5028
5029 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5030 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5031 options:
5032 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5033 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5034 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5035
5036 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5037 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5038 the prefix fallback behavior.
5039
5040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5041
5042 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5043 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5044
5045 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5046
5047 ;;;***
5048 \f
5049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21604 48550
5050 ;;;;;; 29934 215000))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5052
5053 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5054 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5055 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5056
5057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5058
5059 ;;;***
5060 \f
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21645 38383 209524
5062 ;;;;;; 819000))
5063 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5064
5065 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5066 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5067
5068 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5069
5070 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5071 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5072
5073 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5074
5075 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5076 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5077
5078 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5079
5080 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5081 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5082
5083 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5084 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5085
5086 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5087 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5088
5089 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5090
5091 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5092
5093 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5094 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5095 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5096
5097 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5098 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5099
5100 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5101 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5102
5103 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5104 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5105
5106 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5107
5108 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5109
5110 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5111 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5112 Return VALUE.
5113
5114 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5115 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5116
5117 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5118 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5119
5120 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5121 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5122
5123 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5124
5125 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5126
5127 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5128 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5129 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5130 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5131
5132 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5133 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5134 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5135
5136 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5137
5138 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5139 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5140 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5141 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5142 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5143
5144 \(fn)" t nil)
5145
5146 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5147 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5148 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5149 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5150
5151 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5152
5153 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5154 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5155 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5156
5157 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5158
5159 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5160 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5161
5162 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5163
5164 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5165
5166 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5167 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5168
5169 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5170
5171 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5172
5173 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5174 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5175 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5176
5177 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5178
5179 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5180 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5181 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5182 as part of Emacs itself.
5183
5184 Each elements looks like this:
5185
5186 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5187
5188 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5189 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5190 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5191 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5192 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5193 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5194 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5195 and `defface'.
5196
5197 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5198
5199 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5200 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5201 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5202 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5203 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5204
5205 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5206 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5207 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5208 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5209
5210 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5211
5212 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5213 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5214 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5215 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5216 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5217 release.
5218
5219 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5220 that were added or redefined since that version.
5221
5222 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5223
5224 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5225 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5226 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5227 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5228
5229 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5230
5231 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5232 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5233
5234 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5235
5236 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5237 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5238 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5239
5240 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5241 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5242
5243 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5247
5248 \(fn)" t nil)
5249
5250 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5251 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5252
5253 \(fn)" t nil)
5254
5255 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize all saved options and faces.
5257
5258 \(fn)" t nil)
5259
5260 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5261 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5262 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5263 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5264 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5265 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5266
5267 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5268 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5269 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5270
5271 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5272
5273 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5275
5276 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5277
5278 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5279 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5280
5281 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5285
5286 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5287
5288 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5289 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5290 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5291 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5292
5293 \(fn)" nil nil)
5294
5295 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5296 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5297 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5298 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5299 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5300 that option.
5301 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5302
5303 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5304
5305 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5306 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5307 The result includes selecting that window.
5308 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5309 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5310 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5311 that option.
5312
5313 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5314
5315 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5316 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5317
5318 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5319
5320 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5321 File used for storing customization information.
5322 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5323 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5324 it should be an absolute file name.
5325
5326 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5327 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5328 something like the following in your init file:
5329
5330 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5331 \(load custom-file)
5332
5333 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5334 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5335
5336 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5337 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5338 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5339 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5340 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5341
5342 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5343 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5344 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5345 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5346 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5347 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5348 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5349 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5350 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5351 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5352
5353 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5354
5355 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5356 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5357
5358 \(fn)" nil nil)
5359
5360 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5361 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5362
5363 \(fn)" t nil)
5364
5365 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5366 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5367 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5368
5369 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5370
5371 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5372 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5373 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5374 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5375 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5376
5377 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5378
5379 ;;;***
5380 \f
5381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21604 48549 993934
5382 ;;;;;; 213000))
5383 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5384
5385 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5386 Create or edit a custom theme.
5387 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5388 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5389 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5390 from the Custom save file.
5391 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5392 named *Custom Theme*.
5393
5394 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5395
5396 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5397 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5398
5399 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5400
5401 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5402 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5403
5404 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5405
5406 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5407 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5408 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5409 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5410
5411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5412
5413 ;;;***
5414 \f
5415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21604 48550
5416 ;;;;;; 421934 229000))
5417 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5418
5419 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5420 Mode used for cvs status output.
5421
5422 \(fn)" t nil)
5423
5424 ;;;***
5425 \f
5426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21604 48550 329934
5427 ;;;;;; 226000))
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5429 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5430
5431 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5432 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5433
5434 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5435
5436 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5437 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5438 C++ modes are included.
5439
5440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5441 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5442 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5443
5444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5445
5446 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5447
5448 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5449 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5450 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5453 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5454
5455 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5456
5457 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5458 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5459 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5460 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5461 ARG is omitted or nil.
5462
5463 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5464 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5465 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5466
5467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5468
5469 ;;;***
5470 \f
5471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21604
5472 ;;;;;; 48550 145934 219000))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5474
5475 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5476 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5477
5478 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5479
5480 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5481 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5482
5483 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5484
5485 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5486 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5487 For readability, the table is slightly
5488 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5489
5490 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5491 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5492 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5493 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5494 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5495
5496 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5497
5498 ;;;***
5499 \f
5500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21604 48549 993934
5501 ;;;;;; 213000))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5503 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5504 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5505 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5506 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5507
5508 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5509 Completion on current word.
5510 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5511 and presents suggestions for completion.
5512
5513 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5514 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5515 completions.
5516
5517 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5518 then it searches *all* buffers.
5519
5520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5521
5522 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5523 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5524
5525 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5526 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5527 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5528 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5529 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5530
5531 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5532 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5533
5534 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5535 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5536 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5537
5538 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5539 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5540
5541 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5542
5543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5544
5545 ;;;***
5546 \f
5547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21604 48549
5548 ;;;;;; 961934 212000))
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5550
5551 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5552 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5553
5554 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5555
5556 ;;;***
5557 \f
5558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21604 48550 213934 222000))
5559 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5560
5561 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5562 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5563 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5564 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5565 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5566
5567 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5568
5569 ;;;***
5570 \f
5571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21604 48550
5572 ;;;;;; 329934 226000))
5573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5574
5575 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5576 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5577
5578 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5579 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5580 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5581
5582 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5583 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5584 Data lines are not indented.
5585
5586 Key bindings:
5587
5588 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5589 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5590
5591 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5592 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5593 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5594 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5595
5596 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5597
5598 dcl-basic-offset
5599 Extra indentation within blocks.
5600
5601 dcl-continuation-offset
5602 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5603
5604 dcl-margin-offset
5605 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5606
5607 dcl-margin-label-offset
5608 Indentation for a label.
5609
5610 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5611 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5612
5613 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5614 dcl-block-end-regexp
5615 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5616 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5617 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5618 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5619 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5620
5621 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5622 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5623 Two such functions are included in the package:
5624 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5625 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5626
5627 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5628 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5629 One such function is included in the package:
5630 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5631
5632 dcl-tab-always-indent
5633 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5634 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5635 margin.
5636
5637 dcl-electric-characters
5638 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5639 typed.
5640
5641 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5642 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5643 which words trigger electric indentation.
5644
5645 dcl-tempo-comma
5646 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5647 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5648 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5649
5650 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5651 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5652 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5653 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5654
5655 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5656 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5657 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5658 dcl-imenu-label-call
5659 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5660
5661 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5662 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5663 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5664 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5665
5666
5667 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5668
5669 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5670 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5671 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5672 $ i = 1
5673 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5674 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5675 $ label:
5676 $ if i.eq.1
5677 $ then
5678 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5679 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5680 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5681 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5682 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5683 \"lined up with the command line\"
5684 $ type sys$input
5685 Data lines are not indented at all.
5686 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5687 $ endif
5688 $
5689
5690
5691 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5692 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5693
5694 \(fn)" t nil)
5695
5696 ;;;***
5697 \f
5698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21604 48550
5699 ;;;;;; 9934 214000))
5700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5701
5702 (setq debugger 'debug)
5703
5704 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5705 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5706 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5707 of the evaluator.
5708
5709 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5710 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5711 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5712
5713 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5714
5715 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5716 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5717
5718 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5719
5720 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5721 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5722 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5723 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5724 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5725 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5726
5727 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5728 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5729
5730 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5731
5732 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5733 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5734 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5735 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5736 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5737
5738 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5739
5740 ;;;***
5741 \f
5742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21604 48550
5743 ;;;;;; 301934 225000))
5744 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5745
5746 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5747 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5748
5749 \(fn)" t nil)
5750
5751 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5752 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5753 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5754 Upper-case letters are commands.
5755
5756 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5757 modify it.
5758
5759 The most useful commands are:
5760 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5761 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5762 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5763 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5764 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5765 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5766
5767 \(fn)" t nil)
5768
5769 ;;;***
5770 \f
5771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21604 48549 993934
5772 ;;;;;; 213000))
5773 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5774 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5775
5776 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5777 Customization of `columns' group.
5778
5779 \(fn)" t nil)
5780
5781 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5782 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5783
5784 START and END delimits the text region.
5785
5786 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5789 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5790
5791 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5792
5793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5794
5795 ;;;***
5796 \f
5797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21604 48549 993934 213000))
5798 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5799
5800 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5801
5802 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5803 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5804 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5807 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5808
5809 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5810
5811 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5812 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5814 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5815 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5816
5817 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5818 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5819 point regardless of any selection.
5820
5821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5822
5823 ;;;***
5824 \f
5825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21604 48550
5826 ;;;;;; 9934 214000))
5827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5828
5829 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5830 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5831
5832 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5833
5834 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5835 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5836 or nil if there is no parent.
5837 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5838 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5839 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5840 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5841 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5842
5843 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5844 arguments are currently understood:
5845 :group GROUP
5846 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5847 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5848 :syntax-table TABLE
5849 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5850 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5851 :abbrev-table TABLE
5852 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5853 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5854
5855 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5856
5857 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5858
5859 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5860 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5861 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5862
5863 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5864 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5865
5866 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5867 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5868 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5869
5870 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5871 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5872
5873 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5874 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5875
5876 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5877
5878 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5879
5880 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5881
5882 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5883 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5884 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5885 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5886 the first time the mode is used.
5887
5888 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5889
5890 ;;;***
5891 \f
5892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21604 48549 993934
5893 ;;;;;; 213000))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5895
5896 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5897 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5898 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5899 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5900 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5901 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5902 otherwise.
5903
5904 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5905
5906 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5907 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5908 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5909 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5910
5911 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5912 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5913 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5914
5915 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5916 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5917 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5918 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5919 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5920 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5921 relevant to POS.
5922
5923 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5924
5925 ;;;***
5926 \f
5927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21631 35966 815121
5928 ;;;;;; 866000))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5930
5931 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5932 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5933 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5934 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5935 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5936 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5937
5938 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5939
5940 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5941 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5942 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5943 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5944 is omitted or nil.
5945
5946 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5947 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5948 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5949 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5950
5951 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5952 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5953
5954 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5955 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5956
5957 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5958
5959 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5960
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5962
5963 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5964 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5965 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5966 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5967
5968 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5969
5970 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5971 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5972
5973 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5974 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5975 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5976
5977 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5978 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5979
5980 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5981 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5982 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5983
5984 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5985 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5986 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5987 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5988
5989 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5990
5991 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5992 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5993
5994 Handlers are called with argument list
5995
5996 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5997
5998 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5999
6000 `desktop-file-version'
6001 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6002 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6003 `desktop-buffer-point'
6004 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6005 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6006 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6007
6008 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6009 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6010
6011 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6012 code like
6013
6014 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6015 ...
6016 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6017 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6018
6019 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6020
6021 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6022
6023 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6024 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6025 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6026 List elements must have the form
6027
6028 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6029
6030 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6031 function.
6032
6033 Handlers are called with argument list
6034
6035 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6036
6037 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6038
6039 `desktop-file-version'
6040 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6041 `desktop-buffer-name'
6042 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6043 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6044 `desktop-buffer-point'
6045 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6046 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6047 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6048
6049 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6050 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6051 created and set.
6052
6053 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6054 code like
6055
6056 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6057 ...
6058 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6059 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6060
6061 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6062
6063 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6064
6065 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6066
6067 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6068 Empty the Desktop.
6069 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6070 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6071 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6072 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6073 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6074 if different).
6075
6076 \(fn)" t nil)
6077
6078 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6079 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6080 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6081 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6082 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6083 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6084 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6085
6086 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6087
6088 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6089 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6090 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6091
6092 \(fn)" t nil)
6093
6094 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6095 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6096 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6097 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6098 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6099 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6100 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6101 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6102
6103 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6104
6105 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6106 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6107 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6108
6109 \(fn)" nil nil)
6110
6111 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6112
6113 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6114 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6115 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6116 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6117 directory DIRNAME.
6118
6119 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6122 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6123
6124 \(fn)" t nil)
6125
6126 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6127 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6128
6129 \(fn)" t nil)
6130
6131 ;;;***
6132 \f
6133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21604 48550
6134 ;;;;;; 81934 217000))
6135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6136
6137 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6138 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6139 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6140 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6141 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6142 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6143
6144 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6145
6146 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6147 Repair a broken attribution line.
6148 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6149
6150 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6151
6152 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6153 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6154 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6155 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6156
6157 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6158
6159 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6160 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6161
6162 \(fn)" t nil)
6163
6164 ;;;***
6165 \f
6166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21631
6167 ;;;;;; 35966 803121 866000))
6168 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6169
6170 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6171 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6172 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6173 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6174 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6175
6176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6177
6178 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6179 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6180 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6181 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6182
6183 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6184 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6185 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6186 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6187
6188 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6189 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6190
6191 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6192 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6193 calendar-date-style 'european
6194 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6195
6196 \(diary-mail-entries)
6197
6198 # diary-rem.el ends here
6199
6200 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6201
6202 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6203 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6204
6205 \(fn)" t nil)
6206
6207 ;;;***
6208 \f
6209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21604 48550 421934 229000))
6210 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6211
6212 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6213 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6214
6215 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6216
6217 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6218 The command to use to run diff.")
6219
6220 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6221
6222 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6223 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6224 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6225 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6226 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6227 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6228
6229 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6230 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6231 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6232
6233 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6234
6235 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6236 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6237 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6238 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6239 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6240 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6241
6242 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6243
6244 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6245 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6246
6247 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6248
6249 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6250 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6251 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6252
6253 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6254
6255 ;;;***
6256 \f
6257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21631 35966
6258 ;;;;;; 923121 870000))
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6260
6261 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6262 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6263 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6264 normal diffs.
6265
6266 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6267 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6268 headers for you on-the-fly.
6269
6270 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6271 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6272 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6273
6274 \\{diff-mode-map}
6275
6276 \(fn)" t nil)
6277
6278 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6279 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6280 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6281 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6282 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6283
6284 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6285
6286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6287
6288 ;;;***
6289 \f
6290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21604 48550 213934 222000))
6291 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6292
6293 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6294 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6295 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6296
6297 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6298
6299 ;;;***
6300 \f
6301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21651 20707 164225 751000))
6302 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6303
6304 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6305 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6306 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6307 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6308 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6309 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6310 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6311 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6312
6313 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6314
6315 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6316 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6317 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6318 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6319 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6320 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6321
6322 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6323 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6324 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6325 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6326 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6327 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6328 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6329 list of files to make directory entries for.
6330 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6331 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6332 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6333
6334 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6335
6336 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6337 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6338
6339 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6340 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6341
6342 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6343 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6344
6345 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6346 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6347
6348 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6349
6350 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6351 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6352
6353 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6354
6355 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6356 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6357 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6358 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6359 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6360 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6361 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6362 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6363 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6364 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6365 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6366 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6367 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6368 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6369 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6370 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6371 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6372 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6373 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6374 to see why something went wrong.
6375 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6376 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6377 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6378 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6379 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6380 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6381 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6382 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6383 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6384 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6385 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6386 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6387 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6388
6389 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6390 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6391 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6392 again for the directory tree.
6393
6394 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6395 for more info):
6396
6397 `dired-listing-switches'
6398 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6399 `dired-marker-char'
6400 `dired-del-marker'
6401 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6402 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6403 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6404 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6405
6406 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6407
6408 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6409 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6410 `dired-mode-hook'
6411 `dired-load-hook'
6412
6413 Keybindings:
6414 \\{dired-mode-map}
6415
6416 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6417 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6418
6419 ;;;***
6420 \f
6421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21604 48549 997934
6422 ;;;;;; 214000))
6423 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6424
6425 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6426 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6427 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6428 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6429 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6430
6431 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6432 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6433 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6434
6435 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6436 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6437 directory.
6438
6439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6440
6441 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6442 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6443 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6444 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6445 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6446 from `default-directory'.
6447
6448 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6449
6450 ;;;***
6451 \f
6452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21604 48550
6453 ;;;;;; 13934 214000))
6454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6455
6456 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6457 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6458 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6459 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6460 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6461 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6462
6463 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6464
6465 ;;;***
6466 \f
6467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21604 48549 997934
6468 ;;;;;; 214000))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6470
6471 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6472 Return a new, empty display table.
6473
6474 \(fn)" nil nil)
6475
6476 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6477 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6478 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6479 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6480 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6481
6482 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6483
6484 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6485 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6486 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6487 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6488 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6489
6490 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6491
6492 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6493 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6494
6495 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6496
6497 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6498 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6499
6500 \(fn)" t nil)
6501
6502 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6503 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6504
6505 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6506 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6507
6508 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6509 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6510 byte.
6511
6512 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6513 in the default way after this call.
6514
6515 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6516
6517 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6518 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6519
6520 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6521
6522 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6523 Display character C using printable string S.
6524
6525 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6526
6527 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6528 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6529 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6530 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6531
6532 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6533
6534 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6535 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6536 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6537 X frame.
6538
6539 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6540
6541 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6542 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6543
6544 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6545
6546 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6547 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6548
6549 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6550
6551 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6552 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6553
6554 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6555
6556 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6557 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6558
6559 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6562 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6563
6564 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6565
6566 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6567 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6568
6569 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6570 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6571
6572 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6573 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6574
6575 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6576 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6577 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6578 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6579
6580 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6581 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6582 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6583 in `.emacs'.
6584
6585 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6586
6587 ;;;***
6588 \f
6589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21604 48550
6590 ;;;;;; 301934 225000))
6591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6592
6593 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6594 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6595 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6596 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6597 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6598 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6599 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6600 Default is 2.
6601
6602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6603
6604 ;;;***
6605 \f
6606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21604 48549 997934 214000))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6608
6609 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6610 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6611 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6612 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6613 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6614 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6615 private or ask).
6616 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6617 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6618 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6619 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6620 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6621
6622 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6623
6624 ;;;***
6625 \f
6626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21604 48550
6627 ;;;;;; 393934 228000))
6628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6629
6630 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6631 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6632 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6633 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6634 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6635 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6636 table and its own syntax table.
6637
6638 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6639
6640 \(fn)" t nil)
6641 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6642
6643 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6644 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6645
6646 \(fn)" t nil)
6647
6648 ;;;***
6649 \f
6650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21604 48549 997934
6651 ;;;;;; 214000))
6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6653
6654 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6655 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6656 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6657 OpenDocument format).
6658
6659 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6660
6661 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6662 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6663
6664 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6665 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6666
6667 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6668 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6669 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6670
6671 \(fn)" t nil)
6672
6673 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6674 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6675 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6676 to the next best mode.
6677
6678 \(fn)" nil nil)
6679
6680 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6681 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6683 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6684 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6685
6686 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6687
6688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6691
6692
6693 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6694
6695 ;;;***
6696 \f
6697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21604 48550 301934
6698 ;;;;;; 225000))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6700
6701 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6702 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6703
6704 \(fn)" t nil)
6705
6706 ;;;***
6707 \f
6708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21604 48549 997934 214000))
6709 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6710
6711 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6712 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6714 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6715 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6716
6717 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6718 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6719
6720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6721
6722 ;;;***
6723 \f
6724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21604 48550 305934
6725 ;;;;;; 225000))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6727 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6728
6729 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6730 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6731
6732 \(fn)" t nil)
6733
6734 ;;;***
6735 \f
6736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21604
6737 ;;;;;; 48550 13934 214000))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6739
6740 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6741
6742 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6743 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6744 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6745 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6746 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6747
6748 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6749 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6750 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6751 and disables it otherwise.
6752
6753 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6754 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6755 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6756 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6757
6758 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6759 documenting what its argument does.
6760
6761 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6762 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6763 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6764 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6765 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6766 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6767 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6768 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6769
6770 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6771 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6772 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6773 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6774 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6775 mode is global):
6776
6777 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6778 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6779 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6780 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6781 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6782 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6783 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6784 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6785 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6786 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6787 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6788 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6789 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6790 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6791 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6792 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6793 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6794 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6795 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6796 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6797 in :variable).
6798
6799 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6800 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6801
6802 For example, you could write
6803 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6804 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6805 ...BODY CODE...)
6806
6807 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6808
6809 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6810
6811 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6812
6813 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6814
6815 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6816 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6817 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6818 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6819 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6820 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6821 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6822 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6823 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6824 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6825 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6826 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6827
6828 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6829 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6830 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6831 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6832 call another major mode in their body.
6833
6834 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6835 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6836 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6837
6838 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6839
6840 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6841
6842 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6843 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6844 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6845 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6846 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6847 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6848 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6849
6850 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6851
6852 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6853 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6854 :inherit Parent keymap.
6855 :group Ignored.
6856 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6857 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6858
6859 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6860
6861 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6862 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6863 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6864 the constant's documentation.
6865
6866 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6867
6868 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6869 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6870 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6871
6872 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6873
6874 ;;;***
6875 \f
6876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21604
6877 ;;;;;; 48550 13934 214000))
6878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6879
6880 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6881 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6882 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6883 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6884
6885 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6886 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6887 as a top-level menu bar item.
6888
6889 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6890 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6891 pairs:
6892
6893 :filter FUNCTION
6894 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6895 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6896 items to actually display.
6897
6898 :visible INCLUDE
6899 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6900 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6901 alias for `:visible'.
6902
6903 :active ENABLE
6904 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6905 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6906 an alias for `:active'.
6907
6908 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6909 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6910
6911 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6912
6913 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6914
6915 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6916 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6917
6918 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6919 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6920
6921 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6922
6923 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6924
6925 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6926 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6927
6928 :keys KEYS
6929 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6930 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6931 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6932 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6933
6934 :key-sequence KEYS
6935 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6936 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6937 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6938 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6939
6940 :active ENABLE
6941 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6942 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6943 alias for `:active'.
6944
6945 :visible INCLUDE
6946 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6947 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6948 `:visible'.
6949
6950 :label FORM
6951 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6952 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6953
6954 :suffix FORM
6955 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6956 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6957
6958 :style STYLE
6959 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6960 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6961 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6962
6963 :selected SELECTED
6964 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6965 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6966
6967 :help HELP
6968 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6969
6970 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6971 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6972 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6973
6974 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6975 MENU. This is a submenu.
6976
6977 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6978
6979 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6980
6981 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6982
6983
6984 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6985
6986 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6987 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6988 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6989 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6990
6991 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6992
6993 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6994 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6995 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6996 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6997 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6998 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6999
7000 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7001 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7002 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7003
7004 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7005 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7006 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7007
7008 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7009 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7010
7011 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7012
7013 ;;;***
7014 \f
7015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21604 48550
7016 ;;;;;; 329934 226000))
7017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7018 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7019
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Customization for ebnf group.
7022
7023 \(fn)" t nil)
7024
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7027
7028 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7029
7030 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7031 processed.
7032
7033 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7034
7035 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7036
7037 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7038 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7039
7040 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7041 killed after process termination.
7042
7043 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7044
7045 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7046
7047 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7048 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7049
7050 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7051 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7052 it to the printer.
7053
7054 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7055 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7056 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7057 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7058
7059 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7062 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7063 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7064
7065 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7066
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7069
7070 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7071
7072 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7073 processed.
7074
7075 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7076
7077 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7078
7079 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7080 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7081
7082 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7083 killed after process termination.
7084
7085 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7086
7087 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7088
7089 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7090 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7091 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7092 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7093
7094 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7095
7096 \(fn)" t nil)
7097
7098 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7099 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7100 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7101
7102 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7103
7104 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7105
7106 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7107 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7108
7109 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7110
7111 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7112 processed.
7113
7114 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7115
7116 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7119 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7120
7121 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7122 killed after EPS generation.
7123
7124 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7125
7126 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7127
7128 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7129 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7130
7131 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7132 The EPS file name has the following form:
7133
7134 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7135
7136 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7137 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7138
7139 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7140 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7141 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7142 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7143 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7144
7145 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7146 files.
7147
7148 \(fn)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7151 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7152
7153 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7154 The EPS file name has the following form:
7155
7156 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7157
7158 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7159 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7160
7161 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7162 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7163 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7164 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7165 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7166
7167 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7168 files.
7169
7170 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7171
7172 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7173
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7176
7177 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7178
7179 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7180 are processed.
7181
7182 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7183
7184 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7185
7186 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7187 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7188
7189 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7190 killed after syntax checking.
7191
7192 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7193
7194 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7195
7196 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7197 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7198
7199 \(fn)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7203
7204 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7208
7209 \(fn)" nil nil)
7210
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7213
7214 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7215
7216 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7217
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7220
7221 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7222
7223 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7224
7225 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7226 Delete style NAME.
7227
7228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7229
7230 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7231
7232 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7233 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7234
7235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7236
7237 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Set STYLE as the current style.
7241
7242 Returns the old style symbol.
7243
7244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7245
7246 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Reset current style.
7250
7251 Returns the old style symbol.
7252
7253 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7254
7255 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7259
7260 Returns the old style symbol.
7261
7262 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7263
7264 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265
7266 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7267
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7270
7271 Returns the old style symbol.
7272
7273 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7274
7275 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7276
7277 \(fn)" t nil)
7278
7279 ;;;***
7280 \f
7281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21604 48550
7282 ;;;;;; 333934 226000))
7283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7284
7285 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7286 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7287 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7288 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7289 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7290 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7291
7292 Tree mode key bindings:
7293 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7294
7295 \(fn)" t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7298 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7299
7300 \(fn)" t nil)
7301
7302 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7303 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7304
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7306
7307 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7308 View declaration of member at point.
7309
7310 \(fn)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7313 Find declaration of member at point.
7314
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7318 View definition of member at point.
7319
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7323 Find definition of member at point.
7324
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7328 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7329
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7333 View definition of member at point in other window.
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7338 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7343 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7348 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7353 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7354
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7358 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7359 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7360 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7361 completion.
7362
7363 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7366 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7367 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7368 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7369
7370 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7373 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7374 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7375 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7376
7377 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7380 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7381 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7382
7383 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7386 Search for call sites of a member.
7387 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7388 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7389 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7390 looks like a function call to the member.
7391
7392 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7395 Move backward in the position stack.
7396 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7397
7398 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7399
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7401 Move forward in the position stack.
7402 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7403
7404 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7405
7406 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7407 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7408
7409 \(fn)" t nil)
7410
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7412 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7413
7414 \(fn)" t nil)
7415
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7417 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7418 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7419 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7420
7421 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7422
7423 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7424 Display statistics for a class tree.
7425
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7427
7428 ;;;***
7429 \f
7430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21604 48549 997934
7431 ;;;;;; 214000))
7432 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7433
7434 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7435 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7436 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7437 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7438 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7439 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7440 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7441
7442 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7443
7444 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7445 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7446 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7447 also has this effect.
7448 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7449 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7450 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7451 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7452 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7453 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7454 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7455 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7456 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7457 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7458
7459 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7460
7461 ;;;***
7462 \f
7463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21604 48549 997934
7464 ;;;;;; 214000))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7466
7467 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7468 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7469 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7470
7471 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7472
7473 ;;;***
7474 \f
7475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21604 48550
7476 ;;;;;; 81934 217000))
7477 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7478
7479 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7480
7481
7482 \(fn)" nil nil)
7483
7484 ;;;***
7485 \f
7486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21604 48549 961934 212000))
7487 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7488 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7489
7490 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7491 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7492 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7495 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7496
7497 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7498
7499 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7500 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7502 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7503 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7504
7505 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7506 an EDE controlled project.
7507
7508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7509
7510 ;;;***
7511 \f
7512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21604 48550
7513 ;;;;;; 13934 214000))
7514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7515
7516 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7517 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7518 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7519 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7520 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7521
7522 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7523 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7524 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7525 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7526
7527 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7528
7529 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7530 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7531 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7532 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7533
7534 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7535
7536 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7537 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7538 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7539 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7540
7541 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7542
7543 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7544
7545 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7546 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7547 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7548 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7549 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7550
7551 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7552 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7553 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7554 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7555 instrumented for Edebug.
7556
7557 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7558 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7559 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7560 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7561 already is one.)
7562
7563 \(fn)" t nil)
7564
7565 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7566 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7567
7568 \(fn)" t nil)
7569
7570 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7571 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7572
7573 \(fn)" t nil)
7574
7575 ;;;***
7576 \f
7577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21604 48550 429934 230000))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7579 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7580
7581 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7582 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7583
7584 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7585
7586 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7587 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7588
7589 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7590
7591 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7592
7593 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7594
7595 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7596 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7597 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7598 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7599
7600 \(fn)" t nil)
7601
7602 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7603 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7604 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7605 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7606
7607 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7608
7609 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7610 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7611
7612 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7613
7614 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7615
7616 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7617 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7618
7619 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7620
7621 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7622
7623 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7625 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7626 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7627
7628 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7629
7630 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7634 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7635 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7636
7637 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7638
7639 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7640
7641 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7643 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7644 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7645
7646 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7647
7648 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7649
7650 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7651 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7652 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7653 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7654
7655 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7656
7657 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7658
7659 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7660 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7661 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7662 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7663 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7664 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7665
7666 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7667
7668 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7669 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7670 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7671 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7672
7673 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7674
7675 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7676
7677 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7678 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7679 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7680 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7681
7682 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7683
7684 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7685
7686 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7687
7688 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7689 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7690 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7691 follows:
7692 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7693 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7694
7695 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696
7697 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7698 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7699 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7700 follows:
7701 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7702 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7703
7704 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7705
7706 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7707 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7708 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7709 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7710 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7711
7712 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7713
7714 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7715 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7716 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7717 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7718 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7719 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7720
7721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7722
7723 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7724
7725 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7726 Merge two files without ancestor.
7727
7728 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7729
7730 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7731 Merge two files with ancestor.
7732
7733 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7734
7735 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7736
7737 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7738 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7739
7740 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7741
7742 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7743 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7744
7745 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7746
7747 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7749 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7750 buffer.
7751
7752 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7753
7754 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7755 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7756 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7757 buffer.
7758
7759 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7760
7761 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7762 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7763 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7764 and don't ask the user.
7765 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7766 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7767
7768 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7769
7770 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7771 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7772 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7773 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7774 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7775 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7776 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7777 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7778
7779 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7780
7781 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7782
7783 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7784
7785 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7786 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7787 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7788 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7789 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7790
7791 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7792
7793 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7794
7795 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7796 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7797 When called interactively, displays the version.
7798
7799 \(fn)" t nil)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7802 Display Ediff's manual.
7803 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7804
7805 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7806
7807 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7808
7809
7810 \(fn)" nil nil)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7813
7814
7815 \(fn)" nil nil)
7816
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7818
7819
7820 \(fn)" nil nil)
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7823
7824
7825 \(fn)" nil nil)
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7828
7829
7830 \(fn)" nil nil)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7833
7834
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7838
7839
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7841
7842 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7843
7844
7845 \(fn)" nil nil)
7846
7847 ;;;***
7848 \f
7849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21604 48550
7850 ;;;;;; 425934 230000))
7851 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7852
7853 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7854
7855
7856 \(fn)" t nil)
7857
7858 ;;;***
7859 \f
7860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21604 48550
7861 ;;;;;; 425934 230000))
7862 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7865 Display Ediff's registry.
7866
7867 \(fn)" t nil)
7868
7869 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7870
7871 ;;;***
7872 \f
7873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21604 48550
7874 ;;;;;; 425934 230000))
7875 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7876
7877 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7878 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7879 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7880 which see.
7881
7882 \(fn)" t nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7885 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7886 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7887 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7888
7889 \(fn)" t nil)
7890
7891 ;;;***
7892 \f
7893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21604 48549 997934
7894 ;;;;;; 214000))
7895 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7896 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7897
7898 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7899 Edit a keyboard macro.
7900 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7901 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7902 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7903 its command name.
7904 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7905
7906 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7907
7908 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7909 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7910
7911 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7912
7913 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7914 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7915
7916 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7919 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7920 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7921 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7922 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7923 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7924
7925 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7926 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7927 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7928 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7929
7930 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7931
7932 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7933 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7934 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7935 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7936 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7937 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7938
7939 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7940
7941 ;;;***
7942 \f
7943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21604 48550 29934
7944 ;;;;;; 215000))
7945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7946
7947 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7948 Set scroll margins.
7949 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7950 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7951
7952 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7955 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7956
7957 \(fn)" t nil)
7958
7959 ;;;***
7960 \f
7961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21604 48549 997934 214000))
7962 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7963
7964 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7965 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7966 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7967 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7968 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7969 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7970 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7971
7972 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7973 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7974
7975 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7976 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7977 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7978 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7979
7980 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7981 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7982 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7983
7984 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7985 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7986 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7987
7988 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7989
7990 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7991
7992
7993 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7994
7995 ;;;***
7996 \f
7997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21604 48550
7998 ;;;;;; 17934 214000))
7999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8000 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8001
8002 ;;;***
8003 \f
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21637
8005 ;;;;;; 50476 655217 121000))
8006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8007 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8008
8009 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8010 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8011 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8012 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8013 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8014 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8015 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8016
8017 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8018
8019 ;;;***
8020 \f
8021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21604 48550 1934
8022 ;;;;;; 214000))
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8024
8025 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8026 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8027
8028 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8029 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8030 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8031
8032 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8033
8034 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8035 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8036 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8039 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8040
8041 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8042
8043 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8044 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8045 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8046 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8047 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8048
8049 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8050 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8051 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8052
8053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8054
8055 ;;;***
8056 \f
8057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21604 48550 1934
8058 ;;;;;; 214000))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8060
8061 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8062 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8063
8064 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8065 an elided material again.
8066
8067 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8068
8069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8070
8071 ;;;***
8072 \f
8073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21604 48550
8074 ;;;;;; 17934 214000))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8076
8077 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8078 Lint the file FILE.
8079
8080 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8081
8082 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8083 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8084 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8085
8086 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8089 Lint the current buffer.
8090 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8091
8092 \(fn)" t nil)
8093
8094 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8095 Lint the function at point.
8096 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8097
8098 \(fn)" t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8101 Initialize elint.
8102 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8103 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8104
8105 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8106
8107 ;;;***
8108 \f
8109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21604 48550 17934
8110 ;;;;;; 214000))
8111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8112
8113 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8114 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8115 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8116
8117 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8118
8119 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8120 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8121 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8122 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8123
8124 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8125
8126 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8127 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8128 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8129
8130 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8131
8132 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8133
8134 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8135 Display current profiling results.
8136 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8137 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8138 displayed.
8139
8140 \(fn)" t nil)
8141
8142 ;;;***
8143 \f
8144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21604 48550 25934
8145 ;;;;;; 215000))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8147
8148 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8149 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8150 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8151 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8152 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8153 ARG is omitted or nil.
8154
8155 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8156 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8157 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8158 used instead.
8159
8160 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8161
8162 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8163 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8164 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8165
8166 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8167
8168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8169
8170 ;;;***
8171 \f
8172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21631 35966
8173 ;;;;;; 875121 868000))
8174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8175
8176 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8177 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8178 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8179
8180 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8181
8182 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8183
8184 ;;;***
8185 \f
8186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21604 48550 429934
8187 ;;;;;; 230000))
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8189
8190 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8191 Run Emerge on two files.
8192
8193 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8194
8195 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8196 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8197
8198 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8201 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8202
8203 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8206 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8207
8208 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8209
8210 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8211
8212
8213 \(fn)" nil nil)
8214
8215 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8216
8217
8218 \(fn)" nil nil)
8219
8220 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8221
8222
8223 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8224
8225 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8226
8227
8228 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8229
8230 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8231 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8232
8233 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8236 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8237
8238 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8239
8240 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8241
8242
8243 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8244
8245 ;;;***
8246 \f
8247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21604 48550
8248 ;;;;;; 393934 228000))
8249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8250
8251 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8252 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8253 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8254 text/enriched format.
8255
8256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8257 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8258 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8259
8260 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8261
8262 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8263 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8264
8265 Commands:
8266
8267 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8268
8269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8270
8271 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8272
8273
8274 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8275
8276 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8277
8278
8279 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8280
8281 ;;;***
8282 \f
8283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21631 35966 827121 867000))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8285
8286 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8287 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8288
8289 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8292 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8293
8294 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8295
8296 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8297 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8298 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8299 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8300 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8301 the keys are listed.
8302 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8303
8304 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8305
8306 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8307 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8308 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8309
8310 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8311
8312 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8313 Verify FILE.
8314
8315 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8316
8317 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8318 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8319
8320 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8323 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8324
8325 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8326
8327 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8328 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8329
8330 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8331 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8332 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8333 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8334
8335 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8336 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8337 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8338 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8339 should consider using the string based counterpart
8340 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8341 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8342
8343 For example:
8344
8345 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8346 (decode-coding-string
8347 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8348 'utf-8))
8349
8350 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8353 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8354
8355 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8356 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8357
8358 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8359
8360 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8361
8362 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8363 Verify the current region between START and END.
8364
8365 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8366 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8367 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8368 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8369 should consider using the string based counterpart
8370 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8371 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8372
8373 For example:
8374
8375 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8376 (decode-coding-string
8377 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8378 'utf-8))
8379
8380 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8381
8382 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8383
8384 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8385 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8386 between START and END.
8387
8388 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8389 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8390
8391 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8392
8393 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8394
8395 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8396 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8397
8398 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8399 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8400 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8401 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8402 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8403 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8404
8405 For example:
8406
8407 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8408 (epg-sign-string
8409 context
8410 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8411
8412 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8413
8414 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8415
8416 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8417 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8418
8419 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8420 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8421 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8422 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8423 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8424 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8425
8426 For example:
8427
8428 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8429 (epg-encrypt-string
8430 context
8431 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8432 nil))
8433
8434 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8435
8436 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8437
8438 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8439 Delete selected KEYS.
8440
8441 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8442
8443 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8444 Import keys from FILE.
8445
8446 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8447
8448 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8449 Import keys from the region.
8450
8451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8452
8453 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8454 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8455 between START and END.
8456
8457 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8458
8459 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8460 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8461
8462 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8463
8464 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8465 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8466
8467 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8468
8469 ;;;***
8470 \f
8471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21604 48550 33934
8472 ;;;;;; 215000))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8474
8475 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8476 Decrypt marked files.
8477
8478 \(fn)" t nil)
8479
8480 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8481 Verify marked files.
8482
8483 \(fn)" t nil)
8484
8485 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8486 Sign marked files.
8487
8488 \(fn)" t nil)
8489
8490 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8491 Encrypt marked files.
8492
8493 \(fn)" t nil)
8494
8495 ;;;***
8496 \f
8497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21631 35966 827121
8498 ;;;;;; 867000))
8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8500
8501 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8502
8503
8504 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8505
8506 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8507
8508
8509 \(fn)" t nil)
8510
8511 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8512
8513
8514 \(fn)" t nil)
8515
8516 ;;;***
8517 \f
8518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21604 48550 33934
8519 ;;;;;; 215000))
8520 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8521
8522 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8523 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8525 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8526 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8527
8528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8529
8530 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8531 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8532 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8533
8534 \(fn)" t nil)
8535
8536 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8537
8538 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8539 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8540 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8541
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8543
8544 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8545
8546 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8547 Sign the current buffer.
8548 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8549
8550 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8551
8552 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8553
8554 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8555 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8556 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8557 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8558 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8559 and also whether and how to sign.
8560
8561 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8562 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8563 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8564
8565 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8566
8567 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8568
8569 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8570 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8571 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8572
8573 \(fn)" t nil)
8574
8575 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8576
8577 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8578 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8579 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8582 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8583
8584 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8585
8586 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8587 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8589 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8590 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8591
8592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8593
8594 ;;;***
8595 \f
8596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21631 35966 827121 867000))
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8598 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8599
8600 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8601 Return a context object.
8602
8603 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8604
8605 ;;;***
8606 \f
8607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21604 48550 33934
8608 ;;;;;; 215000))
8609 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8610
8611 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8612 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8613
8614 \(fn)" nil nil)
8615
8616 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8617 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8618
8619 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8620
8621 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8622 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8623
8624 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8625
8626 ;;;***
8627 \f
8628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21604 48550 49934 215000))
8629 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8630
8631 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8632 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8633
8634 \(fn)" nil nil)
8635
8636 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8637 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8638 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8639
8640 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8641
8642 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8643 (server (erc-compute-server))
8644 (port (erc-compute-port))
8645 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8646 password
8647 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8648
8649 That is, if called with
8650
8651 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8652
8653 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8654 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8655 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8656
8657 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8658
8659 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8660
8661 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8662 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8663 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8664
8665 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8666
8667 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8668 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8669 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8670 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8671
8672 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8673
8674 ;;;***
8675 \f
8676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21604
8677 ;;;;;; 48550 37934 215000))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8679 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8680
8681 ;;;***
8682 \f
8683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21604 48550
8684 ;;;;;; 37934 215000))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8686 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21604 48550
8691 ;;;;;; 41934 215000))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8693 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8694
8695 ;;;***
8696 \f
8697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21604 48550
8698 ;;;;;; 41934 215000))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21604 48550 41934
8705 ;;;;;; 215000))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8707 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8708
8709 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8710 Parser for /dcc command.
8711 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8712 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8713 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8714
8715 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8716
8717 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8718 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8719
8720 \(fn)" nil nil)
8721
8722 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8723 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8724
8725 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8726 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8727 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8728 that subcommand.
8729
8730 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8731
8732 ;;;***
8733 \f
8734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8735 ;;;;;; (21631 35966 831121 867000))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21604
8742 ;;;;;; 48550 41934 215000))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8744
8745 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8746 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8747
8748 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8749
8750 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8751 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8752 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8753 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8754
8755 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8756
8757 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8758
8759
8760 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8761
8762 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8763 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8764
8765 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8766
8767 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8768 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8769
8770 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8771
8772 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8773 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8774
8775 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8776
8777 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8778 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8779
8780 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8781
8782 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8783 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8784
8785 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8786
8787 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8788 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8789
8790 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8791
8792 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8793 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8794
8795 \(fn)" nil nil)
8796
8797 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8798 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8799
8800 \(fn)" nil nil)
8801
8802 ;;;***
8803 \f
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21604 48550 41934
8805 ;;;;;; 215000))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8807 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8808
8809 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8810 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8811 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8812
8813 \(fn)" nil nil)
8814
8815 ;;;***
8816 \f
8817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21604 48550
8818 ;;;;;; 45934 215000))
8819 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8820 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8821
8822 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8823 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8824 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8825 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8826 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8827 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8828 system.
8829
8830 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8831
8832 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8833
8834
8835 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8836
8837 ;;;***
8838 \f
8839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21604 48550
8840 ;;;;;; 45934 215000))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8842
8843 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8844
8845
8846 \(fn)" nil nil)
8847
8848 ;;;***
8849 \f
8850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21604 48550 45934
8851 ;;;;;; 215000))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8853 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8854
8855 ;;;***
8856 \f
8857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21604 48550 45934
8858 ;;;;;; 215000))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8860 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8861
8862 ;;;***
8863 \f
8864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21604 48550 45934
8865 ;;;;;; 215000))
8866 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8867 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8868
8869 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8870 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8871 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8872 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8873 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8874 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8875
8876 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8877
8878 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8879 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8880 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8881 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8882
8883 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8884 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8885 automatically.
8886
8887 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8888 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8889
8890 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8891
8892 ;;;***
8893 \f
8894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21604 48550
8895 ;;;;;; 45934 215000))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8897 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8898
8899 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8900 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8901
8902 \(fn)" t nil)
8903
8904 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8905 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8906
8907 \(fn)" t nil)
8908
8909 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8910 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8911
8912 \(fn)" t nil)
8913
8914 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8915 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8916
8917 \(fn)" t nil)
8918
8919 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8920 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8921
8922 \(fn)" t nil)
8923
8924 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8925 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8926
8927 \(fn)" t nil)
8928
8929 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8930 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8931
8932 \(fn)" t nil)
8933
8934 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8935 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8936
8937 \(fn)" t nil)
8938
8939 ;;;***
8940 \f
8941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21604 48550 45934
8942 ;;;;;; 215000))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8944 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8945
8946 ;;;***
8947 \f
8948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21604
8949 ;;;;;; 48550 45934 215000))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8951 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8954 Show who's gone.
8955
8956 \(fn)" nil nil)
8957
8958 ;;;***
8959 \f
8960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21604
8961 ;;;;;; 48550 45934 215000))
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8963
8964 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8965 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8966 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8967 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8968
8969 \(fn)" nil nil)
8970
8971 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8972 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8973
8974 \(fn)" t nil)
8975
8976 ;;;***
8977 \f
8978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21604 48550
8979 ;;;;;; 45934 215000))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8981 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8982
8983 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8984 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8985 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
8986 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8987
8988 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8989
8990 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8991
8992
8993 \(fn)" nil nil)
8994
8995 ;;;***
8996 \f
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21604 48550 45934
8998 ;;;;;; 215000))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9001
9002 ;;;***
9003 \f
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21604
9005 ;;;;;; 48550 45934 215000))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9007 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9008
9009 ;;;***
9010 \f
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21604 48550
9012 ;;;;;; 45934 215000))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9015
9016 ;;;***
9017 \f
9018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21604 48550 45934
9019 ;;;;;; 215000))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9021 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9022
9023 ;;;***
9024 \f
9025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21604
9026 ;;;;;; 48550 45934 215000))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9028 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9029
9030 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9031 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9032
9033 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9034
9035 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9036 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9037 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9038
9039 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9040
9041 ;;;***
9042 \f
9043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21604 48550
9044 ;;;;;; 45934 215000))
9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9046 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9047
9048 ;;;***
9049 \f
9050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21604
9051 ;;;;;; 48550 45934 215000))
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9053
9054 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9055 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9056 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9057
9058 \(fn)" t nil)
9059
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21604
9063 ;;;;;; 48550 45934 215000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9066
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21604 48550
9070 ;;;;;; 45934 215000))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9072 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9073
9074 ;;;***
9075 \f
9076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21604 48550
9077 ;;;;;; 45934 215000))
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9079
9080 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9081 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9082 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9083
9084 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9085
9086 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9087 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9089 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9090 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9091
9092 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9093 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9094 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9095 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9096
9097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9098 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9099
9100 ;;;***
9101 \f
9102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21604
9103 ;;;;;; 48550 45934 215000))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9105 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9106
9107 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9108 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9109 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9110 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9111
9112 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9113
9114 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9115 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9116 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9117
9118 \(fn)" t nil)
9119
9120 ;;;***
9121 \f
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21604 48550 45934
9123 ;;;;;; 215000))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9125 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9126
9127 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9128 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9129
9130 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9131
9132 ;;;***
9133 \f
9134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21604 48550 17934
9135 ;;;;;; 214000))
9136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9137
9138 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9139 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9140
9141 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9142 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9143
9144 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9145 useful for assertions in BODY.
9146
9147 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9148
9149 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9150 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9151 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9152
9153 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9154
9155 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9156
9157 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9158
9159 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9160
9161 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9162
9163 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9164 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9165
9166 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9167 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9168 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9169 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9170
9171 Returns the stats object.
9172
9173 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9174
9175 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9176 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9177
9178 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9179 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9180 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9181 the tests).
9182
9183 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9184
9185 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9186 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9187
9188 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9189 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9190 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9191 and how to display message.
9192
9193 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9194
9195 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9196
9197 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9198 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9199
9200 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9201
9202 ;;;***
9203 \f
9204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21604 48550
9205 ;;;;;; 17934 214000))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9207
9208 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9209
9210 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9211 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9212
9213 \(fn)" t nil)
9214
9215 ;;;***
9216 \f
9217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21604 48550
9218 ;;;;;; 53934 216000))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9220
9221 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9222 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9223
9224 \(fn)" t nil)
9225
9226 ;;;***
9227 \f
9228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21604 48550 53934
9229 ;;;;;; 216000))
9230 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9231 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9232
9233 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9234 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9235 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9236 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9237 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9238 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9239 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9240 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9241 buffer selected (or created).
9242
9243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9244
9245 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9246 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9247 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9248
9249 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9250
9251 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9252 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9253 The result might be any Lisp object.
9254 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9255 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9256 corresponding to a successful execution.
9257
9258 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9259
9260 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21660 25453 16850
9265 ;;;;;; 17000))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9267
9268 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9269 File name of tags table.
9270 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9271 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9272 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9273 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9274 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9275
9276 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9277 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9278 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9279 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9280
9281 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9282
9283 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9284 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9285 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9286 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9287 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9288 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9289
9290 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9291
9292 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9293 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9294 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9295
9296 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9297
9298 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9299 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9300 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9301 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9302 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9303
9304 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9305
9306 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9307 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9308 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9309 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9310
9311 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9312
9313 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9314 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9315 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9316 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9317 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9318
9319 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9320
9321 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9322 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9323
9324 \(fn)" t nil)
9325
9326 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9327 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9328 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9329 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9330
9331 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9332 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9333 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9334 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9335 file the tag was in.
9336
9337 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9338
9339 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9340 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9341 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9342 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9343 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9344 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9345 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9346 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9347 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9348
9349 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9350
9351 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9352 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9353 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9354 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9355 without directory names.
9356
9357 \(fn)" nil nil)
9358
9359 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9360
9361
9362 \(fn)" nil nil)
9363 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9364 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9365 (progn
9366 (load "etags")
9367 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9368
9369 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9370 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9371 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9372 but does not select the buffer.
9373 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9374
9375 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9376 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9377 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9378 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9379 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9380
9381 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9382
9383 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9384 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9385 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9386
9387 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9388
9389 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9390
9391 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9392 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9393 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9394 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9395
9396 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9397 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9398 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9399 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9400 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9401
9402 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9403
9404 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9405 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9406 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9407
9408 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9409
9410 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9411
9412 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9413 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9414 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9415 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9416 around or before point.
9417
9418 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9419 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9420 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9421 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9422 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9423
9424 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9425
9426 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9427 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9428 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9429
9430 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9431
9432 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9433
9434 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9435 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9436 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9437 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9438 around or before point.
9439
9440 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9441 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9442 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9443 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9444 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9445
9446 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9447
9448 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9449 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9450 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9451
9452 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9453
9454 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9455
9456 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9457 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9458 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9459
9460 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9461 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9462 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9463 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9464 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9465
9466 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9467
9468 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9469 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9470 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9471
9472 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9473
9474 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9475
9476 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9477
9478 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9479 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9480
9481 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9482 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9483 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9484
9485 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9486 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9487
9488 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9489 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9490
9491 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9492
9493 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9494 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9495 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9496 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9497
9498 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9499 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9500 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9501 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9502 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9503
9504 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9505
9506 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9507 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9508 Stops when a match is found.
9509 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9510
9511 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9512 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9513 restricted to these files.
9514
9515 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9516
9517 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9518
9519 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9520 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9521 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9522 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9523 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9524 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9525 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9526 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9527
9528 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9529 produce the list of files to search.
9530
9531 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9532
9533 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9534
9535 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9536 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9537 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9538 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9539 directory specification.
9540
9541 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9542
9543 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9544 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9545
9546 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9547
9548 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9549 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9550 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9551 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9552
9553 \(fn)" t nil)
9554
9555 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9556 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9557 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9558 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9559 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9560
9561 \(fn)" t nil)
9562
9563 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9564
9565
9566 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9567
9568 ;;;***
9569 \f
9570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21604
9571 ;;;;;; 48550 145934 219000))
9572 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9573
9574 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9575
9576
9577 \(fn)" nil nil)
9578
9579 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9580 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9581
9582 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9583 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9584
9585 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9586 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9587 primary language.
9588
9589 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9590 even if the buffer is read-only.
9591
9592 See also the descriptions of the variables
9593 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9594
9595 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9596
9597 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9598 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9599
9600 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9601 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9602
9603 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9604 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9605 primary language.
9606
9607 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9608 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9609
9610 See also the descriptions of the variables
9611 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9612
9613 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9614
9615 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9616 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9617 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9618 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9619
9620 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9621
9622 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9623 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9624 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9625 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9626
9627 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9628 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9629 primary language.
9630
9631 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9632 buffer is read-only.
9633
9634 See also the descriptions of the variables
9635 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9636 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9637
9638 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9639
9640 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9641 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9642
9643 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9644 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9645
9646 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9647 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9648 the primary language.
9649
9650 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9651 buffer is read-only.
9652
9653 See also the descriptions of the variables
9654 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9655 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9656
9657 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9658
9659 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9660 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9661 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9662
9663 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9664
9665 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9666 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9667
9668 \(fn)" t nil)
9669
9670 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9671 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9672
9673 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9674 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9675 be 1, 2, or 3.
9676
9677 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9678 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9679 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9680
9681 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9682
9683 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9686 This function is deprecated.
9687
9688 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9689
9690 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9691 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9692
9693 \(fn)" t nil)
9694
9695 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9696 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9697
9698 \(fn)" t nil)
9699
9700 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9701 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9702
9703 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9704 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9705
9706 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9707 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9708
9709 \(fn)" nil nil)
9710
9711 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9712 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9713
9714 \(fn)" nil nil)
9715
9716 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9717 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9718
9719 \(fn)" nil nil)
9720
9721 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9722 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9723
9724 \(fn)" nil nil)
9725
9726 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9727 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9728 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9729
9730 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9731
9732 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9733
9734
9735 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9736
9737 ;;;***
9738 \f
9739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21604 48550 213934 222000))
9740 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9741
9742 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9743 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9744 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9745 server for future sessions.
9746
9747 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9748
9749 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9750 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9751 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9752
9753 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9756 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9757 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9758
9759 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9760
9761 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9762 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9763 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9764 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9765 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9766 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9767 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9768 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9769 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9770 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9771 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9772 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9773
9774 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9775
9776 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9777 Display a form to query the directory server.
9778 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9779 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9780
9781 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9782
9783 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9784 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9785 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9786
9787 \(fn)" t nil)
9788
9789 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9790
9791 ;;;***
9792 \f
9793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21604 48550 213934
9794 ;;;;;; 222000))
9795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9796
9797 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9798 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9799
9800 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9801
9802 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9803 Display URL and make it clickable.
9804
9805 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9806
9807 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9808 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9809
9810 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9811
9812 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9813 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9814
9815 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9818 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9819
9820 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9823 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9824
9825 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9826
9827 ;;;***
9828 \f
9829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21604 48550
9830 ;;;;;; 213934 222000))
9831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9832
9833 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9834 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9835 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9836
9837 \(fn)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9840 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9841
9842 \(fn)" t nil)
9843
9844 ;;;***
9845 \f
9846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21604
9847 ;;;;;; 48550 213934 222000))
9848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9849
9850 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9851 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9852
9853 \(fn)" t nil)
9854
9855 ;;;***
9856 \f
9857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21604 48550 17934
9858 ;;;;;; 214000))
9859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9860
9861 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9862 Create an empty ewoc.
9863
9864 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9865
9866 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9867 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9868 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9869 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9870 `insert-before-markers'.
9871
9872 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9873 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9874 respectively, of the ewoc.
9875
9876 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9877 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9878 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9879
9880 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9881
9882 ;;;***
9883 \f
9884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21640 32530 974334 457000))
9885 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9886
9887 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9888 Fetch URL and render the page.
9889 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9890 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9891
9892 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9893 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9894
9895 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9896 Render a file using EWW.
9897
9898 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9899
9900 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
9901 Search the web for the text between the point and marker.
9902 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
9903
9904 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
9905
9906 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9907
9908
9909 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9910
9911 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
9912 Display the bookmarks.
9913
9914 \(fn)" t nil)
9915
9916 ;;;***
9917 \f
9918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21604
9919 ;;;;;; 48550 333934 226000))
9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9921
9922 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9923 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9924 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9925
9926 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9927
9928 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9929 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9930 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9931 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9932 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9933
9934 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9935
9936 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9937 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9938 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9939 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9940 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9941 executable.
9942
9943 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9946 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9947 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9948
9949 \(fn)" t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9952 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9953 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9954 file modes.
9955
9956 \(fn)" nil nil)
9957
9958 ;;;***
9959 \f
9960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21604 48550 53934 216000))
9961 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9962
9963 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9964 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9965 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9966 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9967
9968 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9969
9970 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9971 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9972 to generate such functions.
9973
9974 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9975 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9976 beginning of the expanded text.
9977
9978 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9979 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9980 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9981 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9982
9983 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9984
9985 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9988 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9989 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9990
9991 \(fn)" nil nil)
9992
9993 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9994 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9995 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9996
9997 \(fn)" t nil)
9998
9999 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10000 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10001 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10002
10003 \(fn)" t nil)
10004 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10005 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10006
10007 ;;;***
10008 \f
10009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21604 48550 333934
10010 ;;;;;; 226000))
10011 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10012
10013 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10014 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10015 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10016
10017 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10018 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10019 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10020
10021 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10022
10023 Key definitions:
10024 \\{f90-mode-map}
10025
10026 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10027
10028 `f90-do-indent'
10029 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10030 `f90-if-indent'
10031 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10032 `f90-type-indent'
10033 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10034 `f90-program-indent'
10035 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10036 (default 2).
10037 `f90-associate-indent'
10038 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10039 `f90-critical-indent'
10040 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10041 `f90-continuation-indent'
10042 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10043 `f90-comment-region'
10044 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10045 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10046 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10047 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10048 (default \"!\").
10049 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10050 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10051 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10052 `f90-break-delimiters'
10053 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10054 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10055 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10056 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10057 (default t).
10058 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10059 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10060 `f90-smart-end'
10061 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10062 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10063 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10064 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10065 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10066 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10067 `f90-leave-line-no'
10068 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10069
10070 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10071 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10072
10073 \(fn)" t nil)
10074
10075 ;;;***
10076 \f
10077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21604 48550 53934
10078 ;;;;;; 216000))
10079 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10080
10081 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10082 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10083 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10084 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10085
10086 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10087 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10088 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10089 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10090 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10091
10092 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10093 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10094 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10095 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10096 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10097 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10098 attributes.
10099
10100 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10101 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10102
10103 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10104
10105 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10106 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10107 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10108 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10109
10110 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10111
10112 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10113 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10114 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10115 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10116
10117 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10118 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10119 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10120
10121 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10122 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10123 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10124 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10125
10126 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10127
10128 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10129 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10130 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10131
10132 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10133 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10134 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10135 the same amount).
10136
10137 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10138
10139 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10140 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10141 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10142
10143 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10144 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10145 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10146 will remove any scaling currently active.
10147
10148 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10149
10150 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10151 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10152 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10153
10154 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10155 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10156 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10157 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10158 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10159
10160 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10161 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10162
10163 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10164
10165 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10166 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10167
10168 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10169 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10170 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10171
10172 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10173 the face height as long as the input event read
10174 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10175
10176 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10177 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10178 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10179 will remove any scaling currently active.
10180
10181 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10182 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10183 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10184 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10185 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10186
10187 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10188
10189 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10190 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10192 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10193 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10194 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10195
10196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10197
10198 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10199 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10200 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10201 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10202 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10203 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10204 `buffer-face-mode'.
10205
10206 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10207 local, and sets it to FACE.
10208
10209 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10210
10211 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10212 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10213 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10214 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10215 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10216 `face' text property.
10217
10218 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10219 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10220 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10221 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10222
10223 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10224 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10225
10226 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10227
10228 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10229 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10230 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10231 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10232
10233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10234
10235 ;;;***
10236 \f
10237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21604 48550
10238 ;;;;;; 181934 220000))
10239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10240 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10241
10242 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10243 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10244 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10245 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10246
10247 \(fn)" nil nil)
10248
10249 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10250 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10251
10252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10253
10254 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10255 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10256 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10257 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10258
10259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10260
10261 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10262 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10263 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10264 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10265 backup file names and the like).
10266
10267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10268
10269 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10270 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10271 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10272 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10273 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10274 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10275 internally by feedmail):
10276
10277 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10278 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10279 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10280 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10281
10282 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10283 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10284 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10285 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10286 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10287
10288 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10289
10290 ;;;***
10291 \f
10292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21604 48550 57934 216000))
10293 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10294
10295 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10296 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10297 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10298 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10299 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10300 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10301 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10302
10303 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10304
10305 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10306 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10307 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10308 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10309 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10310 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10311 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10312
10313 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10314
10315 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10316
10317 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10318 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10319 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10320 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10321 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10322 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10323
10324 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10325
10326 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10327 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10328 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10329 Return value:
10330 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10331 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10332 * otherwise, nil
10333
10334 \(fn E)" t nil)
10335
10336 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10337 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10338 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10339
10340 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10341
10342 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10343 Try to get a file name at point.
10344 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10345
10346 \(fn)" nil nil)
10347
10348 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10349 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10350
10351 \(fn)" t nil)
10352
10353 ;;;***
10354 \f
10355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21604 48550 57934
10356 ;;;;;; 216000))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10358
10359 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10360 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10361 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10362 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10363
10364 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10365
10366 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10367 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10368 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10369 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10370 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10371 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10372
10373 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10374
10375 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10376 Add FILE to the file cache.
10377
10378 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10379
10380 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10381 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10382 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10383
10384 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10385
10386 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10387 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10388 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10389
10390 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10391
10392 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10393 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10394 This function does not use any external programs.
10395 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10396 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10397 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10398
10399 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10400
10401 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10402 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10403 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10404 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10405 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10406 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10407 \(directories) is done.
10408
10409 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10410
10411 ;;;***
10412 \f
10413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21604 48550 57934
10414 ;;;;;; 216000))
10415 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10416
10417 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10418 Handle file system monitoring event.
10419 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10420 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10421
10422 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10423
10424 ;;;***
10425 \f
10426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21604 48550 57934 216000))
10427 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10428
10429 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10430 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10431
10432 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10433 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10434 Local Variables list.
10435
10436 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10437 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10438 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10439
10440 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10441
10442 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10443 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10444
10445 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10446
10447 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10448 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10449
10450 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10451 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10452 the -*- line.
10453
10454 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10455 then this function adds it.
10456
10457 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10458
10459 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10460 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10461
10462 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10463
10464 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10465 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10466
10467 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10468
10469 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10470 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10471
10472 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10473
10474 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10475 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10476
10477 \(fn)" t nil)
10478
10479 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10480 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10481
10482 \(fn)" t nil)
10483
10484 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10485 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10486
10487 \(fn)" t nil)
10488
10489 ;;;***
10490 \f
10491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21604 48550 61934
10492 ;;;;;; 216000))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10494
10495 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10496 Filesets initialization.
10497 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10498
10499 \(fn)" nil nil)
10500
10501 ;;;***
10502 \f
10503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21604 48550 61934
10504 ;;;;;; 216000))
10505 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10506 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10507
10508 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10509 Initiate the building of a find command.
10510 For example:
10511
10512 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10513 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10514 (mtime \"+1\"))
10515 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10516
10517 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10518 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10519
10520 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10521
10522 ;;;***
10523 \f
10524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21604 48550 61934
10525 ;;;;;; 216000))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10527
10528 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10529 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10530 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10531
10532 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10533
10534 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10535 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10536
10537 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10538
10539 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10540 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10541 and run Dired on those files.
10542 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10543 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10544
10545 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10546
10547 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10548
10549 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10552 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10553 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10554
10555 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10556 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10557
10558 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10559 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10560
10561 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10562
10563 ;;;***
10564 \f
10565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21604 48550 61934
10566 ;;;;;; 216000))
10567 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10568
10569 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10570 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10571 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10572 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10573 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10574 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10575 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10576
10577 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10578
10579 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10580 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10581 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10582
10583 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10584
10585 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10586
10587 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10588
10589 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10590 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10591 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10592
10593 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10594 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10595
10596 Variables of interest include:
10597
10598 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10599 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10600 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10601
10602 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10603 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10604 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10605
10606 - `ff-ignore-include'
10607 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10608
10609 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10610 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10611
10612 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10613 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10614
10615 - `ff-special-constructs'
10616 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10617 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10618 extracting the filename from that construct.
10619
10620 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10621 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10622
10623 - `ff-search-directories'
10624 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10625 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10626
10627 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10628 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10629
10630 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10631 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10632
10633 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10634 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10635
10636 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10637 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10638
10639 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10640 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10641
10642 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10643
10644 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10645 Visit the file you click on.
10646
10647 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10648
10649 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10650 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10651
10652 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10653
10654 ;;;***
10655 \f
10656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21640
10657 ;;;;;; 60472 610520 813000))
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10659
10660 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10661 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10662 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10663
10664 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10665
10666 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10667 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10668 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10669 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10670
10671 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10672 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10673 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10674 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10675
10676 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10677
10678 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10679 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10680
10681 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10682 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10683 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10684 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10685
10686 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10687 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10688 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10689
10690 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10691 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10692 in `load-path'.
10693
10694 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10695
10696 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10697 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10698
10699 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10700 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10701 places point before the definition.
10702 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10703
10704 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10705 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10706 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10707
10708 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10709
10710 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10711 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10712
10713 See `find-function' for more details.
10714
10715 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10716
10717 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10718 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10719
10720 See `find-function' for more details.
10721
10722 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10723
10724 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10725 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10726
10727 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10728 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10729 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10730
10731 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10732 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10733
10734 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10735
10736 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10737 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10738
10739 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10740 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10741 places point before the definition.
10742
10743 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10744
10745 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10746 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10747 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10748
10749 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10750
10751 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10752 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10753
10754 See `find-variable' for more details.
10755
10756 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10757
10758 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10759 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10760
10761 See `find-variable' for more details.
10762
10763 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10764
10765 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10766 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10767 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10768 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10769 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10770 buffer nor display it.
10771
10772 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10773 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10774
10775 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10776
10777 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10778 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10779
10780 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10781 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10782 places point before the definition.
10783
10784 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10785
10786 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10787 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10788 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10789
10790 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10791
10792 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10793 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10794 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10795
10796 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10797
10798 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10799 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10800
10801 \(fn)" t nil)
10802
10803 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10804 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10805
10806 \(fn)" t nil)
10807
10808 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10809 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10810
10811 \(fn)" nil nil)
10812
10813 ;;;***
10814 \f
10815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21604 48550 61934
10816 ;;;;;; 216000))
10817 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10818
10819 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10820 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10821
10822 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10823
10824 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10825 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10826
10827 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10828
10829 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10830 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10831
10832 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10833
10834 ;;;***
10835 \f
10836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21604 48550 61934 216000))
10837 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10838 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10839
10840 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10841 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10842
10843 \(fn)" t nil)
10844
10845 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10846 Display FILE's commentary section.
10847 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10848
10849 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10850
10851 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10852 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10853
10854 \(fn)" t nil)
10855
10856 ;;;***
10857 \f
10858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21604 48550 61934
10859 ;;;;;; 216000))
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10861
10862 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10863 Toggle flow control handling.
10864 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10865 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10866
10867 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10868
10869 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10870 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10871 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10872 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10873 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10874 to get the effect of a C-q.
10875
10876 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10877
10878 ;;;***
10879 \f
10880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21604 48550
10881 ;;;;;; 81934 217000))
10882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10883
10884 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10885
10886
10887 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10890
10891
10892 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10893
10894 ;;;***
10895 \f
10896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21604 48550
10897 ;;;;;; 333934 226000))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10899 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10900
10901 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10902 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10904 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10905 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10906 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10907
10908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10909
10910 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10911 Turn flymake mode on.
10912
10913 \(fn)" nil nil)
10914
10915 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10916 Turn flymake mode off.
10917
10918 \(fn)" nil nil)
10919
10920 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10921
10922
10923 \(fn)" nil nil)
10924
10925 ;;;***
10926 \f
10927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21604 48550
10928 ;;;;;; 397934 228000))
10929 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10930
10931 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10932 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10933
10934 \(fn)" t nil)
10935 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10936
10937 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10938 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10942
10943 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10944 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10945 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10946
10947 Bindings:
10948 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10949 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10950 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10951 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10952
10953 Hooks:
10954 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10955
10956 Remark:
10957 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10958 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10959 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10960
10961 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10962 consider adding:
10963 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10964 in your init file.
10965
10966 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10967 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10968
10969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10970
10971 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10972 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10973
10974 \(fn)" nil nil)
10975
10976 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10977 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10978
10979 \(fn)" nil nil)
10980
10981 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10982 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10983
10984 \(fn)" nil nil)
10985
10986 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10987 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10988
10989 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10990
10991 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10992 Flyspell whole buffer.
10993
10994 \(fn)" t nil)
10995
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21604 48550 61934 216000))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11000 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11001
11002 ;;;***
11003 \f
11004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21604 48550 61934 216000))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11006
11007 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11008 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11009
11010 \(fn)" nil nil)
11011
11012 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11013 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11014
11015 \(fn)" nil nil)
11016
11017 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11018 Toggle Follow mode.
11019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11020 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11021 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11022
11023 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11024 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11025
11026 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11027 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11028 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11029
11030 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11031 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11032 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11033 movement commands.
11034
11035 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11036 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11037 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11038 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11039 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11040 mileage may vary).
11041
11042 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11043 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11044
11045 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11046
11047 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11048
11049 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11050 \\{follow-mode-map}
11051
11052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11053
11054 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11055 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11056
11057 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11058 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11059 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11060 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11061 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11062 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11063
11064 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11065 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11066 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11067
11068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11069
11070 ;;;***
11071 \f
11072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21604 48550
11073 ;;;;;; 181934 220000))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11075 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11076
11077 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11078 Toggle Footnote mode.
11079 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11080 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11081 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11082
11083 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11084 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11085 play around with the following keys:
11086 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11087
11088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11089
11090 ;;;***
11091 \f
11092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21604 48550 65934 216000))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11094
11095 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11096 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11097
11098 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11099 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11100 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11101 C-c < forms-first-record <
11102 C-c > forms-last-record >
11103 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11104 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11105 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11106 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11107 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11108 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11109 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11110 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11111 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11112 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11113
11114 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11115
11116 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11117 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11118
11119 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11122 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11123
11124 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11125
11126 ;;;***
11127 \f
11128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21604 48550
11129 ;;;;;; 337934 226000))
11130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11131
11132 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11133 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11134 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11135
11136 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11137 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11138
11139 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11140
11141 Key definitions:
11142 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11143
11144 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11145
11146 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11147 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11148 `fortran-do-indent'
11149 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11150 `fortran-if-indent'
11151 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11152 `fortran-structure-indent'
11153 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11154 (default 3)
11155 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11156 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11157 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11158 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11159 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11160 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11161 nil don't change the indentation
11162 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11163 value of either
11164 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11165 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11166 depending on the continuation format in use.
11167 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11168 indentation for a line of code.
11169 (default 'fixed)
11170 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11171 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11172 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11173 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11174 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11175 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11176 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11177 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11178 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11179 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11180 column 5.
11181 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11182 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11183 statements (default nil).
11184 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11185 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11186 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11187 `fortran-continuation-string'
11188 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11189 line (default \"$\").
11190 `fortran-comment-region'
11191 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11192 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11193 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11194 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11195 as typed (default t).
11196 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11197 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11198
11199 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11200 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11201
11202 \(fn)" t nil)
11203
11204 ;;;***
11205 \f
11206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21604 48550 305934
11207 ;;;;;; 225000))
11208 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11209
11210 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11211 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11212
11213 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11214 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11215
11216 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11217
11218 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11219 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11220
11221 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11222 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11223
11224 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11225
11226 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11227 Compile fortune file.
11228
11229 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11230 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11231
11232 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11233
11234 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11235 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11236
11237 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11238 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11239 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11240 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11241
11242 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11243
11244 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11245 Display a fortune cookie.
11246 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11247 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11248 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11249 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11250
11251 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11252
11253 ;;;***
11254 \f
11255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21604 48550 65934
11256 ;;;;;; 216000))
11257 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11258
11259 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11260 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11261 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11262
11263 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11264 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11265 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11266
11267 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11268 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11269
11270 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11271 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11272
11273 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11274 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11275 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11276 intend to modify existing values, do
11277
11278 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11279
11280 before changing anything.
11281
11282 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11283 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11284
11285 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11286 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11287 to restore the frame.
11288
11289 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11290 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11291 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11292
11293 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11294 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11295 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11296 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11297 FILTER A filter function.
11298
11299 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11300 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11301
11302 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11303
11304 where
11305
11306 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11307 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11308 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11309 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11310 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11311 before restoring it.
11312 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11313
11314 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11315 It must return:
11316 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11317 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11318 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11319
11320 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11321 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11322
11323 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11324 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11325 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11326 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11327 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11328 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11329 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11330
11331 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11332
11333 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11334 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11335
11336 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11337
11338 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11339 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11340 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11341 If nil, check all live frames.
11342
11343 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11344
11345 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11346 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11347 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11348 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11349 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11350 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11351 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11352 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11353 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11354 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11355 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11356
11357 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11358
11359 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11360 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11361
11362 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11363 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11364 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11365 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11366 and window-state is not restored.
11367
11368 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11369 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11370
11371 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11372 t All existing frames can be reused.
11373 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11374 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11375 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11376 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11377
11378 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11379 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11380 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11381 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11382 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11383 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11384 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11385 be created from that parameter alist.
11386
11387 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11388 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11389 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11390 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11391 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11392 - the live frame just restored,
11393 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11394 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11395 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11396
11397 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11398 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11399 nil Keep all frames.
11400 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11401 - FRAME, a live frame.
11402 - ACTION, which can be one of
11403 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11404 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11405 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11406 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11407 Return value is ignored.
11408
11409 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11410 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11411 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11412 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11413 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11414
11415 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11416
11417 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11418
11419 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11420 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11421 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11422
11423 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11424
11425 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11426 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11427 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11428
11429 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11430
11431 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11432 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11433 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11434 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11435
11436 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11437
11438 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11439
11440 ;;;***
11441 \f
11442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21604 48550
11443 ;;;;;; 305934 225000))
11444 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11445 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11446
11447 ;;;***
11448 \f
11449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21604 48550
11450 ;;;;;; 337934 226000))
11451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11452
11453 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11454 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11455 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11456
11457 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11458
11459 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11460 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11461 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11462 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11463 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11464 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11465 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11466
11467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11468
11469 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11470 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11471 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11472 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11473
11474 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11475 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11476 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11477 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11478 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11479
11480 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11481 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11482 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11483 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11484
11485 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11486 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11487 shown in some of the buffers.
11488
11489 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11490
11491 The following commands help control operation :
11492
11493 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11494 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11495
11496 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11497 detailed description of this mode.
11498
11499
11500 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11501 | GDB Toolbar |
11502 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11503 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11504 | | |
11505 | | |
11506 | | |
11507 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11508 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11509 | | (comint-mode) |
11510 | | |
11511 | | |
11512 | | |
11513 | | |
11514 | | |
11515 | | |
11516 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11517 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11518 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11519 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11520 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11521 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11522
11523 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11524
11525 ;;;***
11526 \f
11527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21604 48550
11528 ;;;;;; 17934 214000))
11529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11530
11531 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11532 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11533 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11534 instead (which see).")
11535
11536 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11537 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11538
11539 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11540 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11541 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11542 documentation string instead.
11543
11544 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11545 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11546 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11547 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11548 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11549 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11550 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11551 enders are actually possible.
11552
11553 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11554 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11555
11556 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11557 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11558 `font-lock-keywords'.
11559
11560 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11561 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11562 runs the macro expansion.
11563
11564 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11565 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11566 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11567
11568 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11569
11570 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11571
11572 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11573
11574 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11575
11576 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11577 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11578
11579 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11580
11581 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11582 Enter generic mode MODE.
11583
11584 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11585 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11586 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11587
11588 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11589 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11590
11591 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11592
11593 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11594 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11595 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11596 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11597 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11598 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11599 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11600 `font-lock-keywords'.
11601
11602 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11603
11604 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11605
11606 ;;;***
11607 \f
11608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21604 48550
11609 ;;;;;; 337934 226000))
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11611
11612 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11613 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11614 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11615 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11616 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11617 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11618
11619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11620
11621 ;;;***
11622 \f
11623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21604 48550
11624 ;;;;;; 81934 217000))
11625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11626
11627 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11628 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11629 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11630
11631 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11632
11633 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11634 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11635
11636 Guideline for numbers:
11637 1 - error messages
11638 3 - non-serious error messages
11639 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11640 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11641 9 - messages inside loops.
11642
11643 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11644
11645 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11646 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11647 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11648
11649 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11650
11651 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11652 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11653
11654 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11655
11656 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11657 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11658
11659 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11660 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11661 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11662 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11663 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11664 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11665
11666 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11667 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11668 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11669 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11670 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11671
11672 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11673
11674 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11675
11676 ;;;***
11677 \f
11678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21604 48550 101934 217000))
11679 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11680 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11681 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11682 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11683
11684 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11685 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11686
11687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11688
11689 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11690 Read network news.
11691 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11692 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11693 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11694 name of an NNTP server to use.
11695 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11696 server.
11697
11698 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11699
11700 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11701 Read news as a slave.
11702
11703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11704
11705 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11706 Pop up a frame to read news.
11707 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11708 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11709 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11710 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11711 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11712 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11713 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11714 current display is used.
11715
11716 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11717
11718 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11719 Read network news.
11720 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11721 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11722 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11723
11724 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11725
11726 ;;;***
11727 \f
11728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21604 48550
11729 ;;;;;; 85934 217000))
11730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11731
11732 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11733 Start Gnus unplugged.
11734
11735 \(fn)" t nil)
11736
11737 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11738 Start Gnus plugged.
11739
11740 \(fn)" t nil)
11741
11742 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11743 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11744
11745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11746
11747 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11748 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11749
11750 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11751 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11752 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11753
11754 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11755 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11756 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11757
11758 \(fn)" t nil)
11759
11760 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11761 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11762
11763 \(fn)" nil nil)
11764
11765 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11766 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11767 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11768 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11769 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11770 supported.
11771
11772 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11773
11774 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11775 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11776 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11777 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11778 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11779 supported.
11780
11781 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11782
11783 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11784 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11785
11786 \(fn)" nil nil)
11787
11788 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11789 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11790 downloaded into the agent.
11791
11792 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11793
11794 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11795 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11796 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11797 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11798
11799 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11800
11801 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11803
11804 \(fn)" t nil)
11805
11806 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11807 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11808
11809 \(fn)" t nil)
11810
11811 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11812 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11813 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11814
11815 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11816
11817 ;;;***
11818 \f
11819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21651 20707
11820 ;;;;;; 176225 752000))
11821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11822
11823 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11824 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11825
11826 \(fn)" nil nil)
11827
11828 ;;;***
11829 \f
11830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21645
11831 ;;;;;; 25761 793186 828000))
11832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11833
11834 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11835 Set a bookmark for this article.
11836
11837 \(fn)" t nil)
11838
11839 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11840 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11841
11842 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11843
11844 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11845 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11846 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11847 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11848 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11849
11850 \(fn)" t nil)
11851
11852 ;;;***
11853 \f
11854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21604 48550
11855 ;;;;;; 85934 217000))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11857
11858 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11859 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11860
11861 Usage:
11862 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11863
11864 \(fn)" t nil)
11865
11866 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11867 Generate the cache active file.
11868
11869 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11870
11871 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11872 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11873
11874 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11875
11876 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11877 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11878 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11879 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11880 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11881 supported.
11882
11883 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11884
11885 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11886 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11887 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11888 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11889 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11890 supported.
11891
11892 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11893
11894 ;;;***
11895 \f
11896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21604 48550
11897 ;;;;;; 89934 217000))
11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11899
11900 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11901 Delay this article by some time.
11902 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11903
11904 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11905 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11906
11907 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11908 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11909
11910 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11911 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11912
11913 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11914
11915 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11916 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11917
11918 \(fn)" t nil)
11919
11920 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11921 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11922 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11923 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11924
11925 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11926 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11927
11928 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11929
11930 ;;;***
11931 \f
11932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21604 48550
11933 ;;;;;; 89934 217000))
11934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11935
11936 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11937
11938
11939 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11940
11941 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11942
11943
11944 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11945
11946 ;;;***
11947 \f
11948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21604 48550
11949 ;;;;;; 89934 217000))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11951
11952 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11953 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11954
11955 \(fn)" t nil)
11956
11957 ;;;***
11958 \f
11959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21604 48550
11960 ;;;;;; 89934 217000))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11962
11963 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11964 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11965
11966 \(fn)" t nil)
11967
11968 ;;;***
11969 \f
11970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21604 48550
11971 ;;;;;; 89934 217000))
11972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11973
11974 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
11975 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
11976
11977 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
11978
11979 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
11980
11981 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11982 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11983
11984 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
11985
11986 \(fn)" t nil)
11987
11988 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11989 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11990
11991 \(fn)" t nil)
11992
11993 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11994 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
11995
11996 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11997 different input formats.
11998
11999 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12002 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12003
12004 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12005 different input formats.
12006
12007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12008
12009 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12010 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12011 The PNG is returned as a string.
12012
12013 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12014
12015 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12016 Convert FILE to a Face.
12017 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12018 726 bytes.
12019
12020 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12021
12022 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12023 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12024
12025 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12026
12027 \(fn)" t nil)
12028
12029 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12030 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12031
12032 \(fn)" nil nil)
12033
12034 ;;;***
12035 \f
12036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21604
12037 ;;;;;; 48550 89934 217000))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12039
12040 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12041 Display gravatar in the From header.
12042 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12043
12044 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12045
12046 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12047 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12048 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12049
12050 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12051
12052 ;;;***
12053 \f
12054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21604 48550
12055 ;;;;;; 89934 217000))
12056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12059 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12060 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12061 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12062
12063 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12064
12065 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12066 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12067
12068 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12069
12070 ;;;***
12071 \f
12072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21604 48550
12073 ;;;;;; 89934 217000))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12075
12076 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12077
12078
12079 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12080
12081 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12082
12083
12084 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12085
12086 ;;;***
12087 \f
12088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21604 48550
12089 ;;;;;; 93934 217000))
12090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12091
12092 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12093
12094 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12095 Run batched scoring.
12096 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12097
12098 \(fn)" t nil)
12099
12100 ;;;***
12101 \f
12102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21604 48550 93934
12103 ;;;;;; 217000))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12105
12106 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12107
12108
12109 \(fn)" nil nil)
12110
12111 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12112 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12113 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12114
12115 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12116
12117 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12118 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12119
12120 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12121
12122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12123
12124 ;;;***
12125 \f
12126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21604 48550
12127 ;;;;;; 93934 217000))
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12129
12130 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12131 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12132 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12133 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12134 group parameters.
12135
12136 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12137 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12138 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12139 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12140
12141 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12142 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12143 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12144 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12145 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12146 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12147 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12148 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12149 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12150 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12151
12152 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12153
12154 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12155 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12156 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12157 nil CATCH-ALL).
12158
12159 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12160 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12161
12162 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12163
12164 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12165 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12166 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12167
12168 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12169
12170 \(fn)" nil nil)
12171
12172 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12173 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12174 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12175
12176 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12177
12178 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12179 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12180 existing groups are considered.
12181
12182 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12183 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12184 returned.
12185
12186 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12187 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12188 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12189 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12190 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12191 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12192 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12193 clauses will be generated.
12194
12195 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12196 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12197 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12198 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12199 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12200 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12201
12202 For example, given the following group parameters:
12203
12204 nnml:mail.bar:
12205 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12206 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12207 nnml:mail.foo:
12208 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12209 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12210 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12211 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12212 nnml:mail.others:
12213 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12214
12215 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12216
12217 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12218 \"mail.bar\")
12219 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12220 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12221 \"mail.others\")
12222
12223 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12224
12225 ;;;***
12226 \f
12227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21604 48550
12228 ;;;;;; 93934 217000))
12229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12230
12231 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12232 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12233 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12234 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12235 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12236 instead.
12237
12238 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12239
12240 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12241 Mail to ADDRESS.
12242
12243 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12244
12245 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12246 Like `message-reply'.
12247
12248 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12249
12250 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12251
12252 ;;;***
12253 \f
12254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12255 ;;;;;; (21631 35966 851121 868000))
12256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12257
12258 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12259 Send a notification on new message.
12260 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12261 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12262 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12263
12264 This is typically a function to add in
12265 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12266
12267 \(fn)" nil nil)
12268
12269 ;;;***
12270 \f
12271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21604 48550
12272 ;;;;;; 93934 217000))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12274
12275 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12276 Display picons in the From header.
12277 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12278
12279 \(fn)" t nil)
12280
12281 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12282 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12283 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12284
12285 \(fn)" t nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12288 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12289 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12290
12291 \(fn)" t nil)
12292
12293 ;;;***
12294 \f
12295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21604 48550
12296 ;;;;;; 93934 217000))
12297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12298
12299 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12300 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12301 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12302 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12303
12304 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12305
12306 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12307 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12308 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12309 LIST1 is modified.
12310
12311 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12312
12313 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12314 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12315 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12316
12317 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12318
12319 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12320
12321
12322 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12323
12324 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12325 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12326 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12327
12328 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12331 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12332 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12333
12334 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12335
12336 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12337
12338 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12339 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12340 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12341
12342 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12343
12344 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12345 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12346 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12347
12348 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12349
12350 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12351 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12352 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12353
12354 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12355
12356 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12357 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12358
12359 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12360
12361 ;;;***
12362 \f
12363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21650
12364 ;;;;;; 56624 523745 975000))
12365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12366
12367 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12368 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12369
12370 \(fn)" t nil)
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12373 Install the registry hooks.
12374
12375 \(fn)" t nil)
12376
12377 ;;;***
12378 \f
12379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21604 48550
12380 ;;;;;; 93934 217000))
12381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12382
12383 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12384 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12385 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12386 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12387 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12388 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12389
12390 \(fn)" t nil)
12391
12392 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12393 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12394 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12395 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12396 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12397
12398 \(fn)" t nil)
12399
12400 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12401
12402
12403 \(fn)" t nil)
12404
12405 ;;;***
12406 \f
12407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21604 48550
12408 ;;;;;; 93934 217000))
12409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12410
12411 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12412 Update the format specification near point.
12413
12414 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12415
12416 ;;;***
12417 \f
12418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21631 35966
12419 ;;;;;; 851121 868000))
12420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12421
12422 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12423 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12424
12425 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12426
12427 ;;;***
12428 \f
12429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21631 35966
12430 ;;;;;; 855121 868000))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12432
12433 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12434 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12435 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12436
12437 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12438
12439 ;;;***
12440 \f
12441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21604 48550
12442 ;;;;;; 101934 217000))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12444
12445 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12446 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12447
12448 \(fn)" t nil)
12449
12450 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12451 Install the sync hooks.
12452
12453 \(fn)" t nil)
12454
12455 ;;;***
12456 \f
12457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21604 48550
12458 ;;;;;; 101934 217000))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12460
12461 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12462 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12463
12464 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12465
12466 ;;;***
12467 \f
12468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21640 32530 974334
12469 ;;;;;; 457000))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12471
12472 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12473 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12474 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12475 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12476 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12477 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12478
12479 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12480
12481 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12482
12483 ;;;***
12484 \f
12485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21604 48550 305934
12486 ;;;;;; 225000))
12487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12488
12489 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12490 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12491
12492 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12493 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12494 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12495
12496 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12497 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12498 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12499
12500 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12501 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12502
12503 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12504 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12505
12506 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12507
12508 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12509
12510 ;;;***
12511 \f
12512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21604 48550
12513 ;;;;;; 217934 222000))
12514 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12515
12516 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12517
12518 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12519 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12520 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12521 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12522 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12523
12524 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12525
12526 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12527 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12528 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12529 or to send e-mail.
12530 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12531 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12532
12533 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12534 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12535
12536 \(fn)" t nil)
12537 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12538
12539 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12540 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12542 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12543 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12544
12545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12546
12547 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12548 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12549
12550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12551
12552 ;;;***
12553 \f
12554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21604 48550
12555 ;;;;;; 101934 217000))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12557
12558 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12559 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12560 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12561
12562 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12563
12564 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12565 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12566
12567 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12568
12569 ;;;***
12570 \f
12571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21631 35966 907121
12572 ;;;;;; 870000))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12574
12575 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12576 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12577
12578 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12579
12580 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12581 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12582 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12583 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12584 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12585
12586 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12587 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12588 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12589
12590 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12591
12592 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12593 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12594 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12595 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12596 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12597
12598 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12599
12600 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12601 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12602
12603 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12604
12605 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12606 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12607
12608 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12609 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12610 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12611
12612 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12613 The default find program.
12614 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12615 and others.")
12616
12617 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12618 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12619 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12620 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12621
12622 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12623 How to invoke find and grep.
12624 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12625 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12626 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12627 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12628
12629 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12630
12631 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12632 History list for grep.")
12633
12634 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12635 History list for grep-find.")
12636
12637 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12638 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12639 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12640
12641 \(fn)" nil nil)
12642
12643 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12644
12645
12646 \(fn)" nil nil)
12647
12648 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12649 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12650
12651 \(fn)" nil nil)
12652
12653 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12654 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12655 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12656 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12657 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12658
12659 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12660 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12661
12662 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12663 can easily repeat a grep command.
12664
12665 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12666 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12667 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12668 list is empty).
12669
12670 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12671
12672 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12673 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12674 Collect output in a buffer.
12675 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12676 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12677
12678 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12679 easily repeat a find command.
12680
12681 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12682
12683 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12684
12685 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12686 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12687 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12688 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12689 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12690
12691 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12692 before it is executed.
12693 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12694
12695 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12696 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12697 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12698
12699 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12700
12701 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12702
12703 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12704 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12705 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12706 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12707 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12708
12709 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12710 before it is executed.
12711 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12712
12713 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12714 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12715 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12716 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12717
12718 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12719
12720 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12721 to specify a command to run.
12722
12723 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12724
12725 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12726 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12727 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12728 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12729
12730 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12731
12732 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12733
12734 ;;;***
12735 \f
12736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21604 48550 121934 218000))
12737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12738
12739 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12740 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12741 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12742 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12743 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12744
12745 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12746
12747 ;;;***
12748 \f
12749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21640 32530 986334
12750 ;;;;;; 458000))
12751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12752
12753 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12754 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12755 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12756 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12757
12758 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12759
12760 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12761 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12762 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12763 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12764
12765 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12766
12767 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12768 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12769 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12770 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12771
12772 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12773
12774 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12775 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12776 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12777 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12778
12779 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12780 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12781
12782 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12783
12784 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12785 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12786 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12787 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12788
12789 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12790
12791 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12792 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12793 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12794 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12795
12796 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12797
12798 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12799 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12800 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12801 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12802
12803 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12804
12805 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12806 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12807 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12808 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12809 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12810
12811 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12812 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12813 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12814 original source file access method.
12815
12816 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12817 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12818
12819 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12820
12821 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12822 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12823
12824 \(fn)" t nil)
12825
12826 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12827 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12828 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12830 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12831 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12832
12833 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12834
12835 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12836 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12838 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12839 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12840
12841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12842
12843 ;;;***
12844 \f
12845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21604 48550 17934
12846 ;;;;;; 214000))
12847 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12848
12849 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12850 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12851 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12852 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12853 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12854 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12855 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12856 set it to.
12857 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12858
12859 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12860
12861 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12862 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12863 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12864 of PLACE.
12865 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12866 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12867 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12868 and SETTER.
12869 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12870 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12871
12872 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12873
12874 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12875
12876 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12877 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12878 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12879 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12880 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12881
12882 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12883
12884 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12885
12886 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12887
12888
12889 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12890
12891 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12892
12893 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12894
12895 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12896 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12897 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12898 well for simple place forms.
12899 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12900 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12901 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12902 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12903 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12904 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12905 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12906
12907 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12908
12909 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12910
12911 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12912 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12913 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12914 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12915 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12916
12917 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12918 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12919 (let ((temp VAL))
12920 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12921 temp)
12922 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12923
12924 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12925
12926 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12927 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12928 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12929 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12930 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12931 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12932
12933 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12934
12935 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12936
12937 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12938 Return a reference to PLACE.
12939 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12940 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12941 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12942 binding mode.
12943
12944 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12945
12946 ;;;***
12947 \f
12948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21604 48550
12949 ;;;;;; 305934 225000))
12950 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12951
12952 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12953 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12954 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12955 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12956
12957 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12958 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12959 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12960 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12961
12962 \(fn)" t nil)
12963
12964 ;;;***
12965 \f
12966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21604 48550 305934
12967 ;;;;;; 225000))
12968 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12969
12970 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12971 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12972
12973 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12974
12975 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12976 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12977 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12978 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12979
12980 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12981
12982 \(fn)" t nil)
12983
12984 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12985 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12986 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12987 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12988 to be updated.
12989
12990 \(fn)" t nil)
12991
12992 ;;;***
12993 \f
12994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21604 48550
12995 ;;;;;; 181934 220000))
12996 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12997
12998 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12999 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13000
13001 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13002
13003 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13004 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13005 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13006
13007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13008
13009 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13010 Verify a hashcash payment
13011
13012 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13013
13014 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13015 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13016 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13017 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13018 `mail-add-payment-async').
13019
13020 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13021
13022 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13023 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13024 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13025 Calculation is asynchronous.
13026
13027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13028
13029 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13030 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13031 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13032
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13034
13035 ;;;***
13036 \f
13037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21604 48550 121934
13038 ;;;;;; 218000))
13039 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13040
13041 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13042 Return the help-echo string at point.
13043 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13044 property, or nil, is returned.
13045 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13046 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13047 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13048
13049 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13050
13051 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13052 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13053 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13054 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13055 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13056
13057 \(fn)" nil nil)
13058
13059 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13060 Display local help in the echo area.
13061 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13062 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13063 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13064 printed instead.
13065
13066 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13067 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13068 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13069
13070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13071
13072 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13073 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13074 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13075
13076 \(fn)" t nil)
13077
13078 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13079 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13080 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13081
13082 \(fn)" t nil)
13083
13084 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13085 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13086 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13087 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13088 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13089 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13090 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13091 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13092 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13093 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13094 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13095
13096 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13097 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13098 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13099 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13100 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13101
13102 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13103 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13104 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13105 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13106 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13107 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13108 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13109 The default is `never'.")
13110
13111 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13112
13113 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13114 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13115 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13116 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13117 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13118 considered different regions.
13119
13120 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13121 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13122 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13123 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13124 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13125 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13126 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13127 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13128 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13129
13130 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13131
13132 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13133 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13134 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13135 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13136 different regions.
13137
13138 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13139 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13140 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13141 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13142 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13143 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13144 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13145 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13146
13147 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13148 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13149 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13150 rarely happens in practice.
13151
13152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13153
13154 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13155 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13156 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13157 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13158 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13159 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13160
13161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13162
13163 ;;;***
13164 \f
13165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21604 48550 121934
13166 ;;;;;; 218000))
13167 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13168
13169 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13170 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13171
13172 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13173
13174 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13175 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13176 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13177
13178 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13179
13180 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13181 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13182 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13183 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13184 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13185 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13186 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13187 search for a function definition.
13188
13189 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13190 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13191 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13192 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13193 suitable file is found, return nil.
13194
13195 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13196
13197 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13198
13199
13200 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13201
13202 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13203 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13204 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13205 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13206
13207 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13208
13209 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13210 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13211 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13212 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13213 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13214 it is displayed along with the global value.
13215
13216 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13217
13218 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13219 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13220 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13221 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13222
13223 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13224
13225 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13226 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13227 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13228 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13229 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13230
13231 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13232
13233 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13234 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13235
13236 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13237
13238 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13239 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13240
13241 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13242
13243 ;;;***
13244 \f
13245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21604 48550 121934
13246 ;;;;;; 218000))
13247 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13248
13249 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13250 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13251 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13252 window listing and describing the options.
13253 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13254 gives the window that lists the options.")
13255
13256 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13257
13258 ;;;***
13259 \f
13260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21604 48550 121934
13261 ;;;;;; 218000))
13262 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13263
13264 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13265 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13266 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13267 Commands:
13268 \\{help-mode-map}
13269
13270 \(fn)" t nil)
13271
13272 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13273
13274
13275 \(fn)" nil nil)
13276
13277 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13278
13279
13280 \(fn)" nil nil)
13281
13282 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13283 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13284
13285 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13286 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13287 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13288 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13289
13290 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13291 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13292 restore it properly when going back.
13293
13294 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13295
13296 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13297 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13298 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13299 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13300 from `help-mode'.
13301 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13302 it does not already exist.
13303
13304 \(fn)" nil nil)
13305
13306 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13307 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13308
13309 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13310 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13311 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13312 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13313 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13314 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13315 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13316 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13317
13318 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13319 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13320 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13321 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13322
13323 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13324 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13325 that.
13326
13327 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13328
13329 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13330 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13331 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13332 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13333 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13334 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13335
13336 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13337
13338 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13339 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13340 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13341 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13342 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13343
13344 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13345
13346 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13347 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13348
13349 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13350
13351 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13352 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13353 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13354 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13355
13356 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13357
13358 ;;;***
13359 \f
13360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21604 48550
13361 ;;;;;; 17934 214000))
13362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13363
13364 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13365 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13366
13367 \(fn)" t nil)
13368
13369 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13370 Provide help for current mode.
13371
13372 \(fn)" t nil)
13373
13374 ;;;***
13375 \f
13376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21604 48550 125934 218000))
13377 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13378
13379 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13380 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13381 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13382 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13383 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13384
13385 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13386 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13387
13388 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13389 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13390 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13391 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13392
13393 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13394 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13395 periods.
13396
13397 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13398 in hexl format.
13399
13400 A sample format:
13401
13402 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13403 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13404 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13405 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13406 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13407 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13408 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13409 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13410 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13411 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13412 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13413 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13414 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13415 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13416 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13417
13418 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13419 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13420 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13421
13422 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13423 also supported.
13424
13425 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13426
13427 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13428 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13429 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13430
13431 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13432 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13433 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13434
13435 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13436 into the buffer at the current point.
13437
13438 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13439 into the buffer at the current point.
13440
13441 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13442 into the buffer at the current point.
13443
13444 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13445
13446 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13447 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13448
13449 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13450
13451 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13452
13453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13454
13455 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13456 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13457 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13458 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13459
13460 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13461
13462 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13463 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13464 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13465
13466 \(fn)" t nil)
13467
13468 ;;;***
13469 \f
13470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21604 48550 125934
13471 ;;;;;; 218000))
13472 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13473
13474 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13475 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13476 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13477 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13478 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13479
13480 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13481 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13482 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13483 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13484
13485 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13486 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13487 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13488 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13489
13490 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13491 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13492 which can be called interactively, are:
13493
13494 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13495 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13496
13497 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13498 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13499 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13500 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13501
13502 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13503 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13504
13505 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13506 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13507 available face automatically.
13508
13509 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13510 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13511
13512 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13513 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13514 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13515 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13516 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13517 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13518 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13519 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13520 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13521 function returns t.
13522
13523 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13524 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13525
13526 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13527 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13528 form:
13529 Hi-lock: FOO
13530
13531 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13532 position (number of characters into buffer)
13533 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13534 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13535 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13536
13537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13538
13539 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13540 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13541 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13544 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13545
13546 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13547
13548 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13549 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13550 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13551 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13552 ARG is omitted or nil.
13553
13554 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13555 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13556 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13557
13558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13559
13560 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13561
13562 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13563 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13564 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13565 Use the global history list for FACE.
13566
13567 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13568 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13569 highlighting will not update as you type.
13570
13571 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13572
13573 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13574
13575 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13576 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13577 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13578 Use the global history list for FACE.
13579
13580 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13581 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13582 highlighting will not update as you type.
13583
13584 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13585
13586 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13587
13588 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13589 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13590 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13591 Use the global history list for FACE.
13592
13593 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13594 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13595 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13596
13597 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13598 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13599 highlighting will not update as you type.
13600
13601 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13602
13603 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13604
13605 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13606 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13607 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13608 unless you use a prefix argument.
13609 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13610
13611 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13612 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13613
13614 \(fn)" t nil)
13615
13616 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13617
13618 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13619 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13620 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13621 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13622 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13623 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13624
13625 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13626
13627 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13628 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13629
13630 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13631 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13632 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13633
13634 \(fn)" t nil)
13635
13636 ;;;***
13637 \f
13638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21604 48550
13639 ;;;;;; 337934 226000))
13640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13641
13642 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13643 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13645 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13646 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13647
13648 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13649 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13650 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13651 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13652
13653 `hide-ifdef-env'
13654 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13655 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13656 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13657 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13658 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13659 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13660 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13661
13662 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13663 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13664 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13665 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13666 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13667
13668 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13669 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13670 #endif lines when hiding.
13671
13672 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13673 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13674 is activated.
13675
13676 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13677 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13678 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13679
13680 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13681
13682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13683
13684 ;;;***
13685 \f
13686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21604 48550
13687 ;;;;;; 341934 226000))
13688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13689
13690 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13691 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13692 Each element has the form
13693 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13694
13695 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13696 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13697
13698 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13699 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13700
13701 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13702 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13703 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13704 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13705 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13706 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13707
13708 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13709 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13710
13711 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13712 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13713
13714 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13715 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13716 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13717
13718 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13719 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13720 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13721 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13722 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13723
13724 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13725 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13726 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13727
13728 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13729 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13730 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13731
13732 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13733 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13734
13735 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13736
13737 Key bindings:
13738 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13739
13740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13741
13742 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13743 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13744
13745 \(fn)" nil nil)
13746
13747 ;;;***
13748 \f
13749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21604 48550 125934
13750 ;;;;;; 218000))
13751 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13752
13753 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13754 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13756 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13757 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13758
13759 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13760 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13761 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13762 this on and off.
13763
13764 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13765 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13766 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13767 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13768 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13769 through various faces.
13770 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13771 buffer with the contents of a file
13772 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13773
13774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13775
13776 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13777 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13779 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13780 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13781
13782 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13783 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13784 in a distinctive face.
13785
13786 The default value can be customized with variable
13787 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13788
13789 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13790
13791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13792
13793 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13794 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13795 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13796
13797 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13800 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13801
13802 \(fn)" t nil)
13803
13804 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13805 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13806
13807 \(fn)" t nil)
13808
13809 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13810 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13811
13812 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13813 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13814 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13815 shown in the last face in the list.
13816
13817 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13818 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13819 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13820
13821 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13822
13823 \(fn)" t nil)
13824
13825 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13826 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13827
13828 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13829
13830 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13831 to save the file.
13832
13833 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13834 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13835
13836 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13837 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13838 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13839
13840 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13843 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13844
13845 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13846 this function is called interactively.
13847
13848 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13849 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13850 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13851
13852 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13853 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13854 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13855
13856 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13857
13858 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13859 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13860 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13861 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13862 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13863 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13864
13865 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13866
13867 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13868 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13869 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13870 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13871 ARG is omitted or nil.
13872
13873 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13874 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13875 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13876
13877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13878
13879 ;;;***
13880 \f
13881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21604 48550 125934
13882 ;;;;;; 218000))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13884 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13885
13886 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13887 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13888 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13889 or insert functions in this list.")
13890
13891 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13892
13893 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13894 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13895 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13896 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13897 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13898 expansions.
13899 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13900 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13901 undoes the expansion.
13902
13903 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13904
13905 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13906 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13907 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13908 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13909
13910 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13911
13912 ;;;***
13913 \f
13914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21604 48550 125934
13915 ;;;;;; 218000))
13916 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13917
13918 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13919 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13920 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13921 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13922 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13923
13924 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13925 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13926 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13927 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13928 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13929 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13930
13931 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13932 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13933 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13934 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13935
13936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13937
13938 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13939 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13940 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13943 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13944
13945 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13946
13947 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13948 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13951 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13952
13953 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13954 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13955 windows.
13956
13957 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13958 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13959
13960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13961
13962 ;;;***
13963 \f
13964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21604 48549
13965 ;;;;;; 953934 212000))
13966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13967
13968 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13969 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13970 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13971
13972 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13973
13974 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13975
13976 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13977 Oriental holidays.
13978 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13979
13980 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13981
13982 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13983
13984 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13985 Local holidays.
13986 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13987
13988 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13989
13990 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13991
13992 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13993 User defined holidays.
13994 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13995
13996 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13997
13998 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13999
14000 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14001 Jewish holidays.
14002 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14003
14004 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14005
14006 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14007
14008 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14009 Christian holidays.
14010 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14011
14012 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14013
14014 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14015
14016 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14017 Islamic holidays.
14018 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14019
14020 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14021
14022 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14023
14024 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14025 Bahá'í holidays.
14026 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14027
14028 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14029
14030 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14031
14032 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14033 Sun-related holidays.
14034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14035
14036 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14037
14038 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14039
14040 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14041
14042 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14043 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14044 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14045 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14046
14047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14048
14049 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14050 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14051 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14052 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14053 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14054
14055 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14056 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14057
14058 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14059 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14060
14061 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14062 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14063 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14064 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14065 of a holiday list.
14066
14067 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14068
14069 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14070
14071 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14072
14073 ;;;***
14074 \f
14075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21604 48550
14076 ;;;;;; 101934 217000))
14077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14078
14079 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14080 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14081
14082 \(fn)" t nil)
14083
14084 ;;;***
14085 \f
14086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21604 48550
14087 ;;;;;; 125934 218000))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14089 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14090
14091 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14092 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14093 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14094 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14095 as possible.
14096
14097 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14098 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14099 fontified display.
14100
14101 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14102 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14103
14104 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14105 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14106 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14107
14108 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14109
14110 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14111 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14112 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14113
14114 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14115
14116 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14117
14118 ;;;***
14119 \f
14120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21604 48550 125934
14121 ;;;;;; 218000))
14122 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14123
14124 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14125 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14126
14127 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14128 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14129 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14130
14131 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14132 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14133 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14134 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14135 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14136 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14137
14138 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14139 title of the column.
14140
14141 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14142 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14143 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14144 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14145 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14146
14147 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14148
14149 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14150
14151 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14152 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14153 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14154 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14155 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14156
14157 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14158 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14159 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14160
14161 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14162
14163 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14164
14165 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14166
14167 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14168 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14169 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14170 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14171 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14172 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14173
14174 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14175 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14176 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14177 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14178 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14179 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14180 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14181 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14182 values are:
14183 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14184 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14185 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14186 buffer's modification flag.
14187 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14188 prompted before performing this operation.
14189 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14190 operation is complete, in the form:
14191 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14192 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14193 confirmation message, in the form:
14194 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14195 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14196 macro for exactly what it does.
14197
14198 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14199
14200 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14201
14202 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14203
14204 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14205 Define a filter named NAME.
14206 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14207 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14208 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14209
14210 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14211 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14212 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14213 bound to the current value of the filter.
14214
14215 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14216
14217 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14218
14219 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14220
14221 ;;;***
14222 \f
14223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21604 48550 129934
14224 ;;;;;; 218000))
14225 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14226
14227 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14228 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14229 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14230 buffers which are visiting a file.
14231
14232 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14233
14234 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14235 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14236 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14237 buffers which are visiting a file.
14238
14239 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14240
14241 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14242 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14243 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14244
14245 All arguments are optional.
14246 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14247 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14248 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14249 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14250 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14251 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14252 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14253 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14254 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14255 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14256 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14257 that value locally in this buffer.
14258
14259 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14260
14261 ;;;***
14262 \f
14263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21631
14264 ;;;;;; 35966 803121 866000))
14265 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14266 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14267
14268 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14269 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14270 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14271 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14272
14273 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14274
14275 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14276 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14277 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14278 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14279 ICAL-FILENAME.
14280 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14281 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14282 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14283
14284 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14285
14286 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14287 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14288 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14289 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14290 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14291 non-marking or not.
14292
14293 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14294
14295 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14296 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14297
14298 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14299 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14300 DIARY-FILE.
14301
14302 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14303 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14304 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14305
14306 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14307 non-marking.
14308
14309 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14310 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14311 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14312
14313 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14314
14315 ;;;***
14316 \f
14317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21604 48550 129934
14318 ;;;;;; 218000))
14319 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14320
14321 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14322 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14323 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14324 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14325 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14326 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14327
14328 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14329
14330 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14331 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14332 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14333 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14334 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14335
14336 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14337 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14338 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14339 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14340
14341 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14342 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14343
14344 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14345 completions:
14346
14347 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14348
14349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14350 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14351 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14352 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14353 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14354
14355 ;;;***
14356 \f
14357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21604 48550 341934
14358 ;;;;;; 226000))
14359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14360
14361 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14362 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14363 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14364 Tab indents for Icon code.
14365 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14366 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14367 \\{icon-mode-map}
14368 Variables controlling indentation style:
14369 icon-tab-always-indent
14370 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14371 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14372 icon-auto-newline
14373 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14374 inserted in Icon code.
14375 icon-indent-level
14376 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14377 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14378 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14379 icon-continued-statement-offset
14380 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14381 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14382 icon-continued-brace-offset
14383 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14384 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14385 icon-brace-offset
14386 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14387 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14388 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14389 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14390
14391 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14392 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14393
14394 \(fn)" t nil)
14395
14396 ;;;***
14397 \f
14398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21604
14399 ;;;;;; 48550 341934 226000))
14400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14401
14402 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14403 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14404 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14405 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14406
14407 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14408 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14409 separate frames.
14410
14411 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14412 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14413
14414 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14415 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14416 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14417
14418 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14419
14420 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14421
14422 ;;;***
14423 \f
14424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21645 25761
14425 ;;;;;; 805186 828000))
14426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14427 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14428
14429 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14430 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14431
14432 The main features of this mode are
14433
14434 1. Indentation and Formatting
14435 --------------------------
14436 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14437 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14438
14439 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14440 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14441 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14442 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14443
14444 Comments are indented as follows:
14445
14446 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14447 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14448 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14449
14450 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14451
14452 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14453 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14454 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14455 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14456 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14457 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14458
14459 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14460 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14461 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14462 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14463
14464 2. Routine Info
14465 ------------
14466 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14467 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14468 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14469 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14470 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14471 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14472 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14473 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14474 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14475 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14476
14477 3. Online IDL Help
14478 ---------------
14479
14480 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14481 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14482 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14483 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14484
14485 4. Completion
14486 ----------
14487 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14488 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14489 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14490 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14491 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14492 upper case.
14493
14494 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14495 --------------------------------
14496 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14497 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14498
14499 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14500 \\fu FUNCTION template
14501 \\c CASE statement template
14502 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14503 \\f FOR loop template
14504 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14505 \\w WHILE loop template
14506 \\i IF statement template
14507 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14508 \\b BEGIN
14509
14510 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14511 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14512
14513 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14514 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14515 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14516 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14517
14518 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14519 -------------------------
14520 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14521 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14522
14523 7. Automatic END completion
14524 ------------------------
14525 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14526 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14527
14528 8. Hooks
14529 -----
14530 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14531 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14532
14533 9. Documentation and Customization
14534 -------------------------------
14535 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14536 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14537 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14538 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14539 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14540 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14541
14542 10.Keybindings
14543 -----------
14544 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14545 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14546 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14547
14548 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14549
14550 \(fn)" t nil)
14551
14552 ;;;***
14553 \f
14554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21631 35966 863121 868000))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14556
14557 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14558 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14559 The following values are possible:
14560 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14561 displaying...)
14562 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14563 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14564 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14565
14566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14567 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14568
14569 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14570
14571 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14572 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14573 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14574 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14575 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14576 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14577 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14578 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14579 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14580
14581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14582
14583 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14584 Switch to another buffer.
14585 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14586 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14587 in another frame.
14588
14589 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14590 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14591 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14592 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14593 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14594
14595 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14596 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14597
14598 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14599
14600 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14601 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14602 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14603 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14604 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14605 in a separate window.
14606 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14607 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14608 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14609 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14610 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14611 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14612 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14613 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14614 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14615
14616 \(fn)" t nil)
14617
14618 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14619 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14620 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14621 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14622
14623 \(fn)" t nil)
14624
14625 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14626 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14627 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14628 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14629
14630 \(fn)" t nil)
14631
14632 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14633 Kill a buffer.
14634 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14635 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14636
14637 \(fn)" t nil)
14638
14639 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14640 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14641 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14642 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14643
14644 \(fn)" t nil)
14645
14646 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14647 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14648 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14649 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14650
14651 \(fn)" t nil)
14652
14653 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14654 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14655
14656 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14657
14658 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14659 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14660 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14661 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14662 in another frame.
14663
14664 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14665 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14666 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14667 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14668 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14669 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14670
14671 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14672 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14673
14674 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14675
14676 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14677 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14678 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14679 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14680 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14681 in a separate window.
14682 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14683 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14684 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14685 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14686 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14687 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14688 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14689 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14690 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14691 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14692 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14693 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14694 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14696 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14698 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14700
14701 \(fn)" t nil)
14702
14703 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14704 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14705 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14707
14708 \(fn)" t nil)
14709
14710 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14711 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14712 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14714
14715 \(fn)" t nil)
14716
14717 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14718 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14721
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14725 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14726 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14728
14729 \(fn)" t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14732 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14733 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14735
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14737
14738 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14739 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14740 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14741 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14742
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14744
14745 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14746 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14747 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14749
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14753 Write current buffer to a file.
14754 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14756
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14758
14759 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14760 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14761 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14763
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14765
14766 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14767 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14768 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14770
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14772
14773 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14774 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14775 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14776 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14777 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14778 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14779
14780 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14781
14782 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14783 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14784 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14785 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14786
14787 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14788
14789 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14790 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14791 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14792 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14793
14794 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14797 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14798 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14799 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14800 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14801 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14802 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14803 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14804 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14805 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14806 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14807 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14808 with point positioned at the end.
14809 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14810 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14811
14812 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14813
14814 ;;;***
14815 \f
14816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21604 48550 129934 218000))
14817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14818
14819 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14820 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14821 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14822 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14823
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14825
14826 ;;;***
14827 \f
14828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21604 48550 129934 218000))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14830
14831 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14832
14833 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14834 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14836 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14837 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14838 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14839
14840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14841
14842 ;;;***
14843 \f
14844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21604 48550 133934 219000))
14845 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14846
14847 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14848 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14849 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14850 be determined.
14851
14852 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14853
14854 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14855 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14856 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14857 be determined.
14858
14859 \(fn)" nil nil)
14860
14861 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14862 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14863 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14864 be determined.
14865
14866 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14867
14868 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14869 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14870 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14871 be determined.
14872
14873 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14874
14875 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14876 Determine and return image type.
14877 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14878 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14879 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14880 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14881 use its file extension as image type.
14882 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14883
14884 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14885
14886 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14887 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14888 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14889
14890 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14891
14892 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14893 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14894 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14895
14896 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14897 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14898 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14899 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14900 must be available.
14901
14902 \(fn)" nil nil)
14903
14904 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14905 Create an image.
14906 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14907 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14908 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14909 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14910 use its file extension as image type.
14911 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14912 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14913 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14914 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14915
14916 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14917
14918 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14919 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14920 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14921
14922 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14923
14924 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14925 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14926 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14927 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14928 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14929 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14930 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14931 POS may be an integer or marker.
14932 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14933 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14934 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14935 means display it in the right marginal area.
14936
14937 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14938
14939 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14940 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14941 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14942 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14943 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14944 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14945 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14946 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14947 means display it in the right marginal area.
14948 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14949 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14950 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14951 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14952 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14953
14954 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14955
14956 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14957 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14958 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14959 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14960 STRING is a single space.
14961 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14962 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14963 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14964 means display it in the right marginal area.
14965 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14966
14967 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14968
14969 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14970 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14971 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14972 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14973
14974 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14975
14976 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14977 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14978
14979 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14980
14981 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14982 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14983 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14984 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14985 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14986 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14987 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14988 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14989 satisfied.
14990
14991 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14992
14993 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14994
14995 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14996
14997 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14998 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
14999
15000 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15001 documentation string.
15002
15003 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15004 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15005 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15006 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15007 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15008 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15009 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15010 define SYMBOL.
15011
15012 Example:
15013
15014 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15015 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15016
15017 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15018
15019 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15020
15021 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15022 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15023 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15024 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15025
15026 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15027 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15028 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15029 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15030
15031 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15032
15033 \(fn)" nil nil)
15034
15035 ;;;***
15036 \f
15037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21604 48550
15038 ;;;;;; 129934 218000))
15039 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15040 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15041
15042 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15043 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15044 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15045 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15046 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15047 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15048
15049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15050
15051 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15052 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15053
15054 Convenience command that:
15055
15056 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15057 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15058 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15059
15060 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15061 image files in dired and type
15062 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15063
15064 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15065
15066 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15067 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15068
15069 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15070
15071 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15072 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15073 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15074 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15075 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15076 another one).
15077
15078 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15079 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15080 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15081
15082 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15083 instead of erasing it first.
15084
15085 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15086 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15087 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15088 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15089 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15090 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15091
15092 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15093
15094 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15095 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15096 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15097 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15098 displayed.
15099
15100 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15101
15102 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15103
15104 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15105
15106 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15107 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15108
15109 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15110
15111 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15112 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15113 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15114
15115 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15116
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15118 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15119
15120 \(fn)" t nil)
15121
15122 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15123 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15124 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15125 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15126
15127 \(fn)" t nil)
15128
15129 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15130 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15131
15132 \(fn)" t nil)
15133
15134 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15135 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15136
15137 \(fn)" t nil)
15138
15139 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15140 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15141
15142 \(fn)" t nil)
15143
15144 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15145 Display current image file.
15146 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15147 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15148
15149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15150
15151 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15152 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15153
15154 \(fn)" t nil)
15155
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15157 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15158 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15159 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15160 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15161 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15162 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15163
15164 \(fn)" t nil)
15165
15166 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15167 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15168 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15169 easy-to-use form.
15170
15171 \(fn)" t nil)
15172
15173 ;;;***
15174 \f
15175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21604 48550 129934
15176 ;;;;;; 218000))
15177 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15178
15179 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15180 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15181 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15182 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15183
15184 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15185 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15186 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15187 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15188
15189 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15190
15191 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15192 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15193 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15194 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15195
15196 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15197 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15198 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15199 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15200
15201 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15202
15203 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15204 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15205
15206 \(fn)" nil nil)
15207
15208 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15209 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15210 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15211 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15212
15213 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15214
15215 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15216 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15217 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15220 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15221
15222 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15223
15224 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15225 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15227 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15228 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15229
15230 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15231 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15232 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15233
15234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15235
15236 ;;;***
15237 \f
15238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21604 48550 129934
15239 ;;;;;; 218000))
15240 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15241
15242 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15243 Major mode for image files.
15244 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15245 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15246
15247 Key bindings:
15248 \\{image-mode-map}
15249
15250 \(fn)" t nil)
15251
15252 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15253 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15254 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15255 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15256 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15257
15258 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15259 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15260 actual image.
15261
15262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15263
15264 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15265 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15266 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15267 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15268 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15269 to display an image file as the actual image.
15270
15271 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15272 to display an image file as text initially.
15273
15274 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15275 on these modes.
15276
15277 \(fn)" t nil)
15278
15279 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15280
15281
15282 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15283
15284 ;;;***
15285 \f
15286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21604 48550 133934 219000))
15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15288
15289 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15290 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15291
15292 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15293
15294 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15295 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15296 in the buffer.
15297
15298 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15299
15300 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15301 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15302 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15303
15304 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15305
15306 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15307 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15308 Each element of this list should have the form
15309
15310 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15311
15312 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15313 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15314 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15315 matches are put).
15316 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15317 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15318 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15319 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15320 another element.
15321 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15322 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15323 the menu item.
15324 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15325 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15326 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15327 the ARGUMENTS.
15328
15329 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15330 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15331 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15332
15333 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15334 create a buffer index.
15335
15336 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15337 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15338 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15339 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15340 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15341
15342 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15343
15344 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15345 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15346
15347 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15348 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15349 called within a `save-excursion'.
15350
15351 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15352
15353 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15354
15355 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15356 Function for finding the next index position.
15357
15358 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15359 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15360 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15361 file.
15362
15363 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15364 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15365
15366 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15367
15368 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15369 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15370
15371 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15372 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15373 It should return the name for that index item.")
15374
15375 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15376
15377 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15378 Function to compare string with index item.
15379
15380 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15381 non-nil if they match.
15382
15383 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15384 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15385 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15386 arguments match\".")
15387
15388 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15389
15390 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15391 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15392 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15393
15394 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15395 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15396
15397 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15398
15399 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15400
15401 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15402 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15403 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15404 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15405
15406 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15407
15408 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15409 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15410
15411 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15412
15413 \(fn)" t nil)
15414
15415 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15416 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15417 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15418 for more information.
15419
15420 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15421
15422 ;;;***
15423 \f
15424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21604 48550
15425 ;;;;;; 153934 219000))
15426 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15427
15428 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15429 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15430
15431 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15432
15433 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15434
15435
15436 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15437
15438 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15439
15440
15441 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15442
15443 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15444
15445
15446 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15447
15448 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15449 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15450
15451 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15452
15453 ;;;***
15454 \f
15455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21604 48550
15456 ;;;;;; 345934 227000))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15458
15459 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15460 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15461 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15462 to that buffer.
15463 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15464 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15465 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15467
15468 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15469
15470 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15471
15472 ;;;***
15473 \f
15474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21640 32530 970334 457000))
15475 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15476
15477 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15478 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15479 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15480 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15481 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15482 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15483 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15484 first in this list.
15485
15486 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15487 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15488 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15489 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15490 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15491
15492 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15493 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15494 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15495
15496 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15497 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15498
15499 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15500 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15501
15502 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15503 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15504 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15505 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15506 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15507 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15508 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15509 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15510 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15511 with the top-level Info directory.
15512
15513 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15514 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15515
15516 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15517
15518 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15519 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15520 in all the directories in that path.
15521
15522 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15523
15524 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15525
15526 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15527 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15528
15529 \(fn)" t nil)
15530
15531 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15532 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15533
15534 \(fn)" t nil)
15535
15536 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15537 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15538 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15539 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15540
15541 \(fn)" nil nil)
15542
15543 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15544 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15545 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15546 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15547
15548 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15549
15550 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15551 Go to the Info directory node.
15552
15553 \(fn)" t nil)
15554
15555 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15556 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15557 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15558 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15559 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15560 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15561
15562 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15563
15564 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15565 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15566 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15567
15568 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15569
15570 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15571 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15572 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15573 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15574 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15575
15576 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15577
15578 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15579 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15580 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15581 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15582 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15583
15584 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15585 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15586
15587 Selecting other nodes:
15588 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15589 Follow a node reference you click on.
15590 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15591 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15592 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15593 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15594 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15595 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15596 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15597 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15598 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15599 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15600 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15601 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15602 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15603 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15604 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15605 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15606 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15607 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15608 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15609 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15610
15611 Moving within a node:
15612 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15613 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15614 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15615 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15616 move up to the parent node.
15617 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15618 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15619 if there is none.
15620 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15621
15622 Advanced commands:
15623 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15624 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15625 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15626 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15627 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15628 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15629 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15630 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15631 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15632 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15633 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15634 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15635 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15636 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15637 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15638 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15639
15640 \(fn)" t nil)
15641 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15642
15643 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15644 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15645 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15646 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15647 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15648 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15649
15650 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15651 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15652
15653 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15654 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15655 KEY is a string.
15656 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15657 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15658 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15659 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15660
15661 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15662
15663 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15664 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15665 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15666
15667 \(fn)" t nil)
15668
15669 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15670 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15671 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15672
15673 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15674
15675 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15676 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15677 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15678 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15679
15680 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15681
15682 ;;;***
15683 \f
15684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21604 48550 133934
15685 ;;;;;; 219000))
15686 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15687
15688 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15689 Throw away all cached data.
15690 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15691 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15692 system.
15693
15694 \(fn)" t nil)
15695 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15696
15697 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15698 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15699 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15700 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15701 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15702 one found at point.
15703
15704 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15705
15706 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15707 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15708
15709 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15710 Display the documentation of a file.
15711 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15712 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15713 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15714 The default file name is the one found at point.
15715
15716 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15717
15718 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15719
15720 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15721 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15722
15723 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15724
15725 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15726 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15727
15728 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15729
15730 ;;;***
15731 \f
15732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21604 48550 133934
15733 ;;;;;; 219000))
15734 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15735 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15736
15737 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15738 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15739 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15740 current info file is the default.
15741
15742 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15743 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15744 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15745 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15746 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15747
15748 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15749 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15750 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15751 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15752 mistake in the reference.
15753
15754 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15755 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15756 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15757
15758 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15759 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15760 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15761 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15762
15763 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15764
15765 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15766 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15767 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15768 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15769 checked.
15770
15771 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15772 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15773 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15774 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15775 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15776 should be harmless.
15777
15778 \(fn)" t nil)
15779
15780 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15781 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15782 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15783 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15784
15785 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15786 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15787 and can take a long time.
15788
15789 \(fn)" t nil)
15790
15791 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15792 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15793 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15794
15795 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15796
15797 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15798 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15799
15800 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15801 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15802 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15803 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15804 all builtins).
15805
15806 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15807 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15808 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15809 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15810 the sources handy.
15811
15812 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15813
15814 ;;;***
15815 \f
15816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21604 48550 133934
15817 ;;;;;; 219000))
15818 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15819
15820 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15821 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15822
15823 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15824
15825 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15826 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15827
15828 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15829
15830 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15831 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15832 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15833 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15834
15835 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15836 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15837 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15838
15839 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15840 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15841 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15842 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15843
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15847 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15848 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15849
15850 \(fn)" t nil)
15851
15852 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15853 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15854 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15855 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15856 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15857
15858 \(fn)" nil nil)
15859
15860 ;;;***
15861 \f
15862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21631 35966
15863 ;;;;;; 827121 867000))
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15865
15866 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
15867
15868
15869 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
15870
15871 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
15872
15873 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
15874
15875 ;;;***
15876 \f
15877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21604 48549
15878 ;;;;;; 965934 212000))
15879 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15880 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15881
15882 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15883 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15884 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15885
15886 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15887
15888 ;;;***
15889 \f
15890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21604
15891 ;;;;;; 48550 137934 219000))
15892 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15893
15894 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15895 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15896
15897 \(fn)" t nil)
15898
15899 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15900 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15901
15902 \(fn)" t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15905
15906
15907 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15908
15909 ;;;***
15910 \f
15911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21604 48550 145934
15912 ;;;;;; 219000))
15913 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15914 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15915
15916 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15917 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15918 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15919 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15920 accessed via isearchb.
15921
15922 \(fn)" t nil)
15923
15924 ;;;***
15925 \f
15926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21604
15927 ;;;;;; 48550 137934 219000))
15928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15929
15930 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15931 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15932 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15933 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15935
15936 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15937
15938 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15939 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15940 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15941 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15943
15944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15945
15946 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15949 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15951
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15953
15954 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15956 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15959
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15961
15962 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15964 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15965 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15967
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15969
15970 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15980 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15983
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15985
15986 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15988 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15989 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15990
15991 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15992
15993 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15994 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15995 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15996 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15997
15998 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15999
16000 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16001 Warn that format is read-only.
16002
16003 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16004
16005 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Warn that format is write-only.
16007
16008 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16012
16013 \(fn)" t nil)
16014
16015 ;;;***
16016 \f
16017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16018 ;;;;;; (21604 48550 137934 219000))
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16020 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16021 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16022
16023 ;;;***
16024 \f
16025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21659 61733
16026 ;;;;;; 226949 164000))
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16028
16029 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16030
16031 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16032 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16033 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16034 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16035 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16036
16037 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16038
16039 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16040
16041 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16042 Key map for ispell menu.")
16043
16044 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16045 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16046 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16047 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16048
16049 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16050
16051 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16052
16053 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16054
16055 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16056
16057 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16058 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16059 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16060 Valid forms include:
16061 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16062 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16063 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16064 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16065
16066 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16067 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16068 First list is used raw.
16069 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16070
16071 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16072 for skipping in latex mode.")
16073
16074 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16075 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16076 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16077 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16078 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16079 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16080 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16081
16082 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16083 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16084 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16085 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16086
16087 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16088 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16089 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16090 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16091 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16092
16093 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16094 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16095
16096 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16097 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16098
16099 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16100 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16101
16102 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16103 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16104
16105 Return values:
16106 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16107 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16108 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16109 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16110 quit spell session exited.
16111
16112 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16113
16114 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16115 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16116 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16117
16118 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16119
16120 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16121 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16122
16123 Selections are:
16124
16125 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16126 SPC: Accept word this time.
16127 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16128 `a': Accept word for this session.
16129 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16130 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16131 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16132 `?': Show these commands.
16133 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16134 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16135 the aborted check to be completed later.
16136 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16137 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16138 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16139 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16140 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16141 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16142 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16143
16144 \(fn)" nil nil)
16145
16146 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16147 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16148 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16149 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16150
16151 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16152
16153 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16154 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16155 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16156 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16157
16158 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16159
16160 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16161
16162 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16163 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16164 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16165 amount for last line processed.
16166
16167 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16168
16169 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16170 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16171
16172 \(fn)" t nil)
16173
16174 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16175 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16176
16177 \(fn)" t nil)
16178
16179 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16180 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16181 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16182
16183 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16186 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16187
16188 \(fn)" t nil)
16189
16190 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16191 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16192 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16193 sequence inside of a word.
16194
16195 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16196
16197 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16198
16199 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16200 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16201
16202 \(fn)" t nil)
16203
16204 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16205 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16206 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16207 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16208
16209 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16210 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16211 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16212 available on the net.
16213
16214 \(fn)" t nil)
16215
16216 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16217 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16218 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16219 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16220 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16221
16222 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16223 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16224 spelled.
16225
16226 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16227 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16228 SPC.
16229
16230 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16231 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16232
16233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16234
16235 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16236 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16237 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16238 Don't check included messages.
16239
16240 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16241 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16242 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16243
16244 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16245 in your init file:
16246 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16247 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16248 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16249 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16250
16251 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16252 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16253 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16254
16255 \(fn)" t nil)
16256
16257 ;;;***
16258 \f
16259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21604
16260 ;;;;;; 48550 153934 219000))
16261 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16262
16263 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16264
16265
16266 \(fn)" nil nil)
16267
16268 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16269 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16270 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16271 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16272 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16273 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16274 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16275 necessary to represent OBJ.
16276
16277 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16280 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16281 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16282 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16283
16284 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16285
16286 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16287 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16288 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16289 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16290 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16291
16292 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16293
16294 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16295 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16296 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16297 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16298
16299 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16300
16301 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16302 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16303 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16304 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16305
16306 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16307
16308 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16309 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16310
16311 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16312
16313 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16314 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16315 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16316 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16317 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16318
16319 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16320
16321 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16322 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16323 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16324 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16325 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16326
16327 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16328
16329 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16330 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16331 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16332
16333 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16334
16335 ;;;***
16336 \f
16337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21604 48550 145934
16338 ;;;;;; 219000))
16339 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16340
16341 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16342 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16343 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16344 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16345
16346 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16347
16348
16349 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16350
16351 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16352 Uninstall jka-compr.
16353 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16354 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16355 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16356
16357 \(fn)" nil nil)
16358
16359 ;;;***
16360 \f
16361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21659 61733 222949
16362 ;;;;;; 164000))
16363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16364 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16365
16366 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16367 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16368
16369 \(fn)" t nil)
16370 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16371
16372 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16373
16374 ;;;***
16375 \f
16376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21604 48550 145934 219000))
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16378 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16379
16380 ;;;***
16381 \f
16382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21604 48550
16383 ;;;;;; 29934 215000))
16384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16385
16386 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16387 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16388 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16389 decimal key must be specified.")
16390
16391 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16392
16393 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16394 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16395 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16396 decimal key must be specified.")
16397
16398 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16399
16400 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16401 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16402 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16403 decimal key must be specified.")
16404
16405 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16406
16407 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16408 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16409 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16410 decimal key must be specified.")
16411
16412 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16413
16414 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16415 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16416 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16417 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16418 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16419 keys are bound.
16420
16421 Setup Binding
16422 -------------------------------------------------------------
16423 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16424 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16425 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16426 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16427 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16428 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16429 in the global and local keymaps.
16430
16431 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16432 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16433
16434 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16435
16436 ;;;***
16437 \f
16438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21604
16439 ;;;;;; 48550 137934 219000))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16441
16442 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16443 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16444 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16445
16446 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16447 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16448 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16449 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16450 shorter.
16451
16452 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16453 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16454 the context of text formatting.
16455
16456 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16457
16458 ;;;***
16459 \f
16460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21604 48550 137934
16461 ;;;;;; 219000))
16462 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16463
16464 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16465 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16466 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16467 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16468 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16469 positions that contains the current selection.")
16470
16471 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16472 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16473 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16474 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16475 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16476 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16477 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16478
16479 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16480
16481 ;;;***
16482 \f
16483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21604 48550 145934 219000))
16484 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16485 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16486 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16487 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16488 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16489 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16490 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16491 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16492
16493 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16494 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16495 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16496
16497 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16498
16499 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16500 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16501 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16502 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16503 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16504
16505 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16506
16507 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16508 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16509 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16510
16511 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16512 defining the macro.
16513
16514 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16515 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16516 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16517
16518 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16519 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16520
16521 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16522
16523 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16524 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16525 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16526 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16527 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16528 under that name.
16529
16530 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16531 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16532 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16533
16534 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16535
16536 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16537 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16538 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16539 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16540
16541 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16542 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16543 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16544 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16545
16546 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16547 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16548
16549 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16550
16551 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16552 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16553 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16554
16555 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16556 macro.
16557
16558 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16559 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16560
16561 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16562 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16563 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16564
16565 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16566 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16567
16568 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16569
16570 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16571 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16572 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16573 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16574
16575 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16576
16577 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16578 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16579 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16580 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16581
16582 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16583 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16584
16585 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16586
16587 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16588 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16589 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16590
16591 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16592
16593 ;;;***
16594 \f
16595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21604
16596 ;;;;;; 48550 153934 219000))
16597 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16598
16599 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16600 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16601 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16602
16603 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16604
16605
16606 \(fn)" nil nil)
16607
16608 ;;;***
16609 \f
16610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21604 48550
16611 ;;;;;; 305934 225000))
16612 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16613 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16614
16615 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16616
16617 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16618 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16619
16620 \(fn)" t nil)
16621
16622 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16623 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16624 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16625 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16626
16627 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16628 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16629 none / 1 | yes | no
16630 2 | yes | yes
16631 3 | no | yes
16632 4 | no | no
16633
16634 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16635 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16636 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16637
16638 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16639
16640 ;;;***
16641 \f
16642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21604 48550
16643 ;;;;;; 153934 219000))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16645
16646 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16647
16648
16649 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16650
16651 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16652 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16653 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16654 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16655 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16656 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16657
16658 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16659 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16660
16661 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16662
16663 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16664 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16665
16666 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16667
16668 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16669
16670
16671 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16672
16673 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16674
16675
16676 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16677
16678 ;;;***
16679 \f
16680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21604
16681 ;;;;;; 48550 137934 219000))
16682 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16683
16684 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16685 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16686 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16687 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16688
16689 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16690
16691 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16692 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16693 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16694
16695 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16696
16697 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16698 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16699 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16700
16701 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16702
16703 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16704 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16705 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16706 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16707
16708 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16709
16710 ;;;***
16711 \f
16712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16713 ;;;;;; (21604 48550 137934 219000))
16714 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16715
16716 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16717 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16718 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16719 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16720 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16721 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16722 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16723 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16724
16725 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16726 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16727
16728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16729 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16730
16731 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16732
16733 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16734 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16735 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16736 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16737 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16738 `latin1-display-setup'.
16739
16740 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16741
16742 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16743 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16744 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16745 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16746
16747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16748 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16749
16750 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16751
16752 ;;;***
16753 \f
16754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21604
16755 ;;;;;; 48550 345934 227000))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16757
16758 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16759 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16760
16761 \(fn)" t nil)
16762
16763 ;;;***
16764 \f
16765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21659 61733 206949
16766 ;;;;;; 164000))
16767 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16768 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16769
16770 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16771 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16772 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16773 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16774
16775 For instance, the following code
16776
16777 (let-alist alist
16778 (if (and .title .body)
16779 .body
16780 .site
16781 .site.contents))
16782
16783 essentially expands to
16784
16785 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16786 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16787 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16788 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16789 (if (and .title .body)
16790 .body
16791 .site
16792 .site.contents))
16793
16794 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16795 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16796 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16797 displayed in the example above.
16798
16799 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16800
16801 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16802
16803 ;;;***
16804 \f
16805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21604 48550 305934 225000))
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16807
16808 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16809 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16810 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16811 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16812 generations (this defaults to 1).
16813
16814 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16815
16816 ;;;***
16817 \f
16818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21651 20707 180225 752000))
16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16820 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16821
16822 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16823 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16824 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16825 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16826 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16827
16828 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16829
16830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16831
16832 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16833 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16834 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16836 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16837 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16838
16839 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16840
16841 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16842 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16843 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16844 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16845 ARG is omitted or nil.
16846
16847 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16848 `linum-on' would do it.
16849 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16850
16851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16852
16853 ;;;***
16854 \f
16855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21604 48550 177934
16856 ;;;;;; 220000))
16857 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16858
16859 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16860 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16861 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16862 is nil, raise an error.
16863
16864 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16865 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16866 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16867 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16868 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16869 defined by the library.
16870
16871 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16872 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16873 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16874 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16875 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16876 proceeds.
16877
16878 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16879 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16880 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16881 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16882
16883 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16884
16885 ;;;***
16886 \f
16887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21604 48550 177934 220000))
16888 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16889
16890 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16891 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16892 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16893
16894 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16895
16896 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16897 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16898 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16899 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16900
16901 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16902 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16903 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16904 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16905 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16906 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16907 the version.)
16908
16909 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16910 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16911
16912 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16913 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16914
16915 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16916 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16917
16918 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16919
16920 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16921 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16922 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16923 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16924 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16925 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16926 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16927 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16928 to constrain a big search.
16929
16930 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16931
16932 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16933 except that FILTER is not optional.
16934
16935 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16936
16937 ;;;***
16938 \f
16939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21604 48550 429934
16940 ;;;;;; 230000))
16941 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16942
16943 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16944 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16945 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16946 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16947 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16948 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16949 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16950 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16951 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16952 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16953
16954 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16955 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16956 associated values:
16957 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16958 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16959 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16960 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16961 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16962
16963 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16964 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16965 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16966
16967 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16968
16969 ;;;***
16970 \f
16971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21604 48550 429934
16972 ;;;;;; 230000))
16973 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16974
16975 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16976 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16977
16978 \(fn)" t nil)
16979
16980 ;;;***
16981 \f
16982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21604 48550 181934 220000))
16983 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16984
16985 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16986 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16987
16988 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16989 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16990
16991 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16992 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16993 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16994
16995 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16996 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16997
16998 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16999 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17000 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17001 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17002 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17003 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17004 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17005
17006 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17007
17008 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17009 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17010 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17011 switch on this list.
17012 See `lpr-command'.")
17013
17014 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17015
17016 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17017 Name of program for printing a file.
17018
17019 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17020 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17021 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17022 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17023 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17024 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17025 argument.")
17026
17027 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17028
17029 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17030 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17031 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17032 for customization of the printer command.
17033
17034 \(fn)" t nil)
17035
17036 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17037 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17038
17039 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17040 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17041 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17042 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17043
17044 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17045 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17046
17047 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17048 for further customization of the printer command.
17049
17050 \(fn)" t nil)
17051
17052 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17053 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17054 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17055 for customization of the printer command.
17056
17057 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17058
17059 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17060 Paginate and print the region contents.
17061
17062 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17063 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17064 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17065 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17066
17067 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17068 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17069
17070 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17071 for further customization of the printer command.
17072
17073 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17074
17075 ;;;***
17076 \f
17077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21604 48550 181934
17078 ;;;;;; 220000))
17079 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17080
17081 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17082 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17083 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17084
17085 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17086
17087 ;;;***
17088 \f
17089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21604 48549 953934
17090 ;;;;;; 212000))
17091 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17092
17093 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17094 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17095 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17096 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17097
17098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17099
17100 ;;;***
17101 \f
17102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21604 48550
17103 ;;;;;; 345934 227000))
17104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17105
17106 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17107 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17108
17109 \(fn)" t nil)
17110
17111 ;;;***
17112 \f
17113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21604 48550 181934 220000))
17114 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17115
17116 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17117 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17118 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17119 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17120 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17121
17122 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17123
17124 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17125 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17126 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17127 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17128 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17129
17130 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17131 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17132 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17133 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17134 bindings.
17135
17136 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17137 use this command, and then save the file.
17138
17139 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17140
17141 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17142 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17143 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17144 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17145 each time the macro executes.
17146 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17147 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17148 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17149 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17150 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17151 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17152 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17153
17154 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17155
17156 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17157 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17158 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17159 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17160
17161 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17162 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17163 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17164 execute.
17165
17166 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17167 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17168
17169 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17170 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17171 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17172 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17173 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17174
17175 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17176 looked like this:
17177
17178 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17179 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17180 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17181
17182 You could enter the names in this format:
17183
17184 foo
17185 bar
17186 baz
17187
17188 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17189
17190 \\C-x (
17191 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17192 \\C-x )
17193
17194 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17195 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17196
17197 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17198 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17199
17200 ;;;***
17201 \f
17202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21604 48550
17203 ;;;;;; 181934 220000))
17204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17205
17206 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17207 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17208 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17209 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17210 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17211 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17212
17213 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17214 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17215 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17216 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17217 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17218
17219 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17220 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17221 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17222 consing a string.)
17223
17224 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17225
17226 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17227 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17228
17229 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17230
17231 ;;;***
17232 \f
17233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21604 48550
17234 ;;;;;; 181934 220000))
17235 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17236
17237 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17238 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17239
17240 \(fn)" nil nil)
17241
17242 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17243
17244
17245 \(fn)" nil nil)
17246
17247 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17248 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17249
17250 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17251
17252 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17253 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17254 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17255 message.
17256
17257 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17258
17259 \(fn)" nil nil)
17260
17261 ;;;***
17262 \f
17263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21604 48550
17264 ;;;;;; 181934 220000))
17265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17266
17267 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17268 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17269 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17270 often correct parser.")
17271
17272 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17273
17274 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17275 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17276 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17277 a value which excludes your own email address.
17278
17279 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17280 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17281
17282 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17283
17284 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17285 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17286
17287 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17288
17289 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17290 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17291 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17292 we return it unconverted.
17293
17294 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17295 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17296
17297 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17298
17299 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17300 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17301 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17302 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17303
17304 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17305
17306 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17307 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17308 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17309 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17310
17311 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17312
17313 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17314 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17315 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17316 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17317 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17318 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17319 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17320 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17321 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17322 as Rmail does.
17323
17324 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17325
17326 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17327 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17328 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17329 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17330 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17331 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17332 matches may be returned from the message body.
17333
17334 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17335
17336 ;;;***
17337 \f
17338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21604 48550
17339 ;;;;;; 181934 220000))
17340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17341
17342 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17343 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17344 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17345 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17346 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17347 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17348
17349 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17350
17351 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17352 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17353 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17354 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17355 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17356
17357 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17358 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17359 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17360 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17361
17362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17363
17364 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17365 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17366
17367 \(fn)" nil nil)
17368
17369 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17370 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17371 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17372
17373 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17374
17375 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17376 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17377 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17378
17379 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17380 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17381 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17382 double-quotes.
17383
17384 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17385
17386 ;;;***
17387 \f
17388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21604 48550
17389 ;;;;;; 185934 221000))
17390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17391
17392 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17393 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17394 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17395 king@grassland.com
17396 If `parens', they look like:
17397 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17398 If `angles', they look like:
17399 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17400
17401 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17402
17403 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17404 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17405 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17406 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17407 their `Resent-' variants.
17408
17409 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17410 removed from alias expansions.
17411
17412 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17413
17414 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17415 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17416 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17417
17418 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17419 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17420 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17421 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17422
17423 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17424
17425 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17426 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17427 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17428
17429 \(fn)" nil nil)
17430
17431 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17432 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17433 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17434 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17435
17436 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17437
17438 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17439
17440 ;;;***
17441 \f
17442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21604 48550
17443 ;;;;;; 185934 221000))
17444 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17445
17446 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17447 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17448 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17449 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17450
17451 \(fn)" nil nil)
17452
17453 ;;;***
17454 \f
17455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21604
17456 ;;;;;; 48550 349934 227000))
17457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17458
17459 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17460 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17461
17462 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17463 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17464 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17465 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17466 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17467 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17468
17469 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17470 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17471 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17472 dependency, despite the colon.
17473
17474 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17475
17476 In the browser, use the following keys:
17477
17478 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17479
17480 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17481
17482 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17483 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17484
17485 `makefile-target-colon':
17486 The string that gets appended to all target names
17487 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17488 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17489
17490 `makefile-macro-assign':
17491 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17492 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17493 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17494 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17495 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17496 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17497
17498 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17499 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17500 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17501
17502 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17503 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17504
17505 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17506 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17507 up or down in the browser.
17508
17509 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17510 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17511
17512 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17513 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17514
17515 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17516 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17517 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17518 has been selected in the browser.
17519
17520 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17521 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17522 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17523 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17524 filenames are omitted.
17525
17526 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17527 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17528 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17529 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17530 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17531 the backslash itself intact.
17532 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17533 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17534
17535 `makefile-browser-hook':
17536 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17537 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17538
17539 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17540 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17541 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17542 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17543
17544 \(fn)" t nil)
17545
17546 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17547 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17548
17549 \(fn)" t nil)
17550
17551 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17552 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17553
17554 \(fn)" t nil)
17555
17556 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17557 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17558
17559 \(fn)" t nil)
17560
17561 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17562 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17563
17564 \(fn)" t nil)
17565
17566 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17567 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17568
17569 \(fn)" t nil)
17570
17571 ;;;***
17572 \f
17573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21604 48550 189934
17574 ;;;;;; 221000))
17575 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17576
17577 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17578 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17579 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17580
17581 \(fn)" t nil)
17582
17583 ;;;***
17584 \f
17585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21604 48550 189934 221000))
17586 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17587
17588 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17589
17590 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17591 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17592 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17593 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17594 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17595 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17596 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17597 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17598 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17599 without running the man command.
17600
17601 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17602 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17603 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17604
17605 cat(1)
17606 1 cat
17607
17608 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17609 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17610 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17611 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17612
17613 -a chmod
17614
17615 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17616 otherwise look like a page name.
17617
17618 /my/file/name.1.gz
17619 -l somefile.1
17620
17621 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17622 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17623 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17624
17625 -k pattern
17626
17627 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17628
17629 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17630 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17631
17632 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17633
17634 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17635 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17636
17637 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17638
17639 ;;;***
17640 \f
17641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21604 48550 193934 221000))
17642 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17643 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17644
17645 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17646 Toggle Master mode.
17647 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17648 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17649 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17650
17651 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17652 using the following commands:
17653
17654 \\{master-mode-map}
17655
17656 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17657 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17658 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17659
17660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17661
17662 ;;;***
17663 \f
17664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21604 48550 193934
17665 ;;;;;; 221000))
17666 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17667
17668 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17669 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17670 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17672 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17673 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17674
17675 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17676
17677 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17678 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17680 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17681 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17682
17683 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17684 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17685 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17686 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17687
17688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17689
17690 ;;;***
17691 \f
17692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21604 48550 193934 221000))
17693 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17694 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17695
17696 ;;;***
17697 \f
17698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21637 50476 671217
17699 ;;;;;; 121000))
17700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17701
17702 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17703
17704 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17705 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17706 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17707 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17708 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17709 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17710 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17711 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17712 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17713 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17714 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17715 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17716 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17717 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17718 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17719 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17720 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17721 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17722 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17723 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17724 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17725 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17726 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17727 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17728 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17729 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17730 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17731 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17732 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17733 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17734 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17735 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17736 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17737 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17738 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17739 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17740 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17741 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17742
17743 \(fn)" t nil)
17744
17745 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17746 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17747 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17748 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17749 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17750
17751 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17752
17753 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17754 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17755
17756 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17757
17758 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17759 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17760
17761 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17762
17763 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17764 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17765
17766 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17767
17768 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17769 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17770 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17771
17772 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17773
17774 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17775 Cancel an article you posted.
17776 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17777
17778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17779
17780 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17781 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17782 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17783 header line with the old Message-ID.
17784
17785 \(fn)" t nil)
17786
17787 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17788 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17789
17790 \(fn)" t nil)
17791
17792 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17793 Forward the current message via mail.
17794 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17795 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17800
17801
17802 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17803
17804 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17805
17806
17807 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17808
17809 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17810 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17811
17812 \(fn)" t nil)
17813
17814 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17815 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17816
17817 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17818
17819 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17820 Re-mail the current message.
17821 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17822 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17823 you.
17824
17825 \(fn)" t nil)
17826
17827 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17828 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17829
17830 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17831
17832 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17833 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17834
17835 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17836
17837 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17838 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17839
17840 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17843 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17844
17845 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17846
17847 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17848 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17849 Works by overstriking characters.
17850 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17851 which specify the range to operate on.
17852
17853 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17854
17855 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17856 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17857 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17858 which specify the range to operate on.
17859
17860 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17861
17862 ;;;***
17863 \f
17864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21604
17865 ;;;;;; 48550 349934 227000))
17866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17867 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17868
17869 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17870 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17871
17872 \(fn)" t nil)
17873
17874 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17875 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17876
17877 \(fn)" t nil)
17878
17879 ;;;***
17880 \f
17881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21604 48550
17882 ;;;;;; 185934 221000))
17883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17884
17885 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17886 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17887 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17888
17889 \(fn)" t nil)
17890
17891 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17892 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17893 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17894 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17895 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17896 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17897 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17898
17899 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17900
17901 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17902 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17903 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17904 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17905 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17906 means current).
17907 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17908 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17909
17910 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17911
17912 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17913 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17914 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17915 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17916 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17917 means current).
17918 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17919 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17920
17921 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17922
17923 ;;;***
17924 \f
17925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21604 48550 197934
17926 ;;;;;; 221000))
17927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17928
17929 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17930 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17931 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17932
17933 \(fn)" t nil)
17934
17935 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17936 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17937 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17938
17939 \(fn)" t nil)
17940
17941 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17942 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17943
17944 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17945 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17946 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17947
17948 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17949 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17950
17951 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17952 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17953
17954 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17955
17956 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17957
17958 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17959 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17960 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17961 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17962 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17963 as `compose-mail'.
17964
17965 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17966 initial Subject field, respectively.
17967
17968 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17969 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17970 are strings.
17971
17972 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17973 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17974
17975 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17976
17977 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17978 Save draft and send message.
17979
17980 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17981 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17982 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17983 Mail Delivery*\".
17984
17985 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17986 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17987 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17988
17989 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17990 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17991 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17992 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17993 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17994 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17995
17996 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17997 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17998
17999 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18000 message and scan line.
18001
18002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18003
18004 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18005 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18006
18007 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18008 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18009 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18010 delete the draft message.
18011
18012 \(fn)" t nil)
18013
18014 ;;;***
18015 \f
18016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21604 48550 197934 221000))
18017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18018 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18019
18020 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18021
18022 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18023
18024 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18025
18026 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18027 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18028
18029 \(fn)" t nil)
18030
18031 ;;;***
18032 \f
18033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21604 48550
18034 ;;;;;; 201934 221000))
18035 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18036
18037 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18038 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18039 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18040
18041 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18042 the MH mail system.
18043
18044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18045
18046 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18047 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18048 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18049
18050 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18051 the MH mail system.
18052
18053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18054
18055 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18056 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18057
18058 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18059 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18060 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18061 separate command.
18062
18063 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18064 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18065 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18066 format.
18067
18068 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18069
18070 Ranges
18071 ======
18072 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18073 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18074 can be used in several ways.
18075
18076 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18077 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18078 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18079 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18080 page):
18081
18082 <num1>-<num2>
18083 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18084 The range must be nonempty.
18085
18086 <num>:N
18087 <num>:+N
18088 <num>:-N
18089 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18090 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18091 last.
18092
18093 first:N
18094 prev:N
18095 next:N
18096 last:N
18097 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18098
18099 all
18100 All of the messages.
18101
18102 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18103 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18104
18105 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18106 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18107 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18108
18109 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18110
18111 \(fn)" t nil)
18112
18113 ;;;***
18114 \f
18115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21604 48550 205934
18116 ;;;;;; 221000))
18117 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18118
18119 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18120 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18121 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18122 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18123 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18124 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18125 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18126 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18127 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18128 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18129 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18130
18131 \(fn)" t nil)
18132
18133 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18134 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18135 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18136 to its second argument TM.
18137
18138 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18139
18140 ;;;***
18141 \f
18142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21604 48550
18143 ;;;;;; 205934 221000))
18144 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18145
18146 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18147 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18148 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18150 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18151 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18152
18153 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18154
18155 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18156 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18158 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18159 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18160
18161 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18162 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18163 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18164 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18165 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18166 is modified to remove the default indication.
18167
18168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18169
18170 ;;;***
18171 \f
18172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21604 48550 209934 221000))
18173 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18174
18175 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18176 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18177 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18178 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18179 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18180 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18181 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18182 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18183 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18184
18185 \(fn)" t nil)
18186
18187 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18188 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18189 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18190 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18191 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18192 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18193 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18194 The return value is always nil.
18195
18196 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18197
18198 ;;;***
18199 \f
18200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21604 48550 209934
18201 ;;;;;; 221000))
18202 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18203 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18204
18205 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18206 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18207
18208 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18209 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18210 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18211 next occurrence.
18212
18213 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18214 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18215 end of the search space).
18216
18217 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18218 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18219 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18220 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18221 should return the previous buffer to search.
18222
18223 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18224 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18225 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18226
18227 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18228 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18229 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18230 Isearch starts.")
18231
18232 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18233 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18234 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18235
18236 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil)
18237
18238 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil)
18239
18240 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18241 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18242 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18243
18244 \(fn)" nil nil)
18245
18246 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18247 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18248 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18249 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18250 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18251 whose names match the specified regexp.
18252
18253 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18254
18255 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18256 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18257 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18258 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18259 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18260 whose names match the specified regexp.
18261
18262 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18263
18264 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18265 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18266 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18267 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18268 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18269 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18270 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18271
18272 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18273
18274 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18275 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18276 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18277 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18278 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18279 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18280 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18281
18282 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18283
18284 ;;;***
18285 \f
18286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21604
18287 ;;;;;; 48550 349934 227000))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18289 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18290
18291 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18292 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18293
18294 \(fn)" t nil)
18295
18296 ;;;***
18297 \f
18298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21604 48550
18299 ;;;;;; 105934 218000))
18300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18301
18302 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18303 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18304
18305 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18306
18307 ;;;***
18308 \f
18309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21604 48550
18310 ;;;;;; 105934 218000))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18312
18313 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18314 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18315
18316 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18317
18318 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18319 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18320 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18321 the entire message.
18322 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18323
18324 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18325
18326 ;;;***
18327 \f
18328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21604 48550
18329 ;;;;;; 105934 218000))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18331
18332 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18333 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18334 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18335 the entire message.
18336 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18337
18338 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18339
18340 ;;;***
18341 \f
18342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21604 48550 109934
18343 ;;;;;; 218000))
18344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18345
18346 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18347 Insert file contents of URL.
18348 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18349
18350 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18351
18352 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18353 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18354
18355 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18356
18357 ;;;***
18358 \f
18359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21604 48550 109934
18360 ;;;;;; 218000))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18362
18363 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18364 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18365 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18366 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18367 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18368
18369 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18370
18371 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18372 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18373 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18374
18375 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18376
18377 ;;;***
18378 \f
18379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21604 48550 109934 218000))
18380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18381
18382 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18383 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18384
18385 \(fn)" nil nil)
18386
18387 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18388 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18389 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18390 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18391 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18392
18393 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18394 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18395 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18396 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18397 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18398 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18399
18400 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18401
18402 ;;;***
18403 \f
18404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21604 48550 109934
18405 ;;;;;; 218000))
18406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18407
18408 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18409
18410
18411 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18412
18413 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18414
18415
18416 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18417
18418 ;;;***
18419 \f
18420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21604 48550 109934
18421 ;;;;;; 218000))
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18423
18424 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18425
18426
18427 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18428
18429 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18430
18431
18432 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18433
18434 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18435
18436
18437 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18438
18439 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18440
18441
18442 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18443
18444 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18445
18446
18447 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18448
18449 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18450
18451
18452 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18453
18454 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18455
18456
18457 \(fn)" nil nil)
18458
18459 ;;;***
18460 \f
18461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21604 48549
18462 ;;;;;; 965934 212000))
18463 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18464
18465 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18466
18467 ;;;***
18468 \f
18469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21604 48550
18470 ;;;;;; 349934 227000))
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18472
18473 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18474
18475 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18476 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18477 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18478 followed by the first character of the construct.
18479 \\<m2-mode-map>
18480 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18481 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18482 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18483 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18484 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18485 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18486 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18487 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18488 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18489 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18490 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18491 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18492 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18493 \\[m2-link] link
18494
18495 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18496 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18497 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18498
18499 \(fn)" t nil)
18500
18501 ;;;***
18502 \f
18503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21631 35966 895121
18504 ;;;;;; 869000))
18505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18506
18507 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18508 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18509
18510 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18511
18512 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18513 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18514
18515 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18516
18517 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18518 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18519
18520 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18521
18522 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18523 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18524
18525 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18526
18527 ;;;***
18528 \f
18529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21604 48550 209934
18530 ;;;;;; 221000))
18531 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18532
18533 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18534 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18535
18536 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18537 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18538 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18539
18540 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18541 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18542 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18543
18544 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18545 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18546
18547 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18548 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18549 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18550 hemisphere you're in.)
18551
18552 To test this function, evaluate:
18553 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18554
18555 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18556
18557 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18558 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18559
18560 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18561 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18562
18563 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18564 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18565 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18566
18567 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18568 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18569
18570 To test this function, evaluate:
18571 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18572
18573 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18574
18575 ;;;***
18576 \f
18577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21604 48550 209934 221000))
18578 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18579
18580 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18581 Main entry point for MPC.
18582
18583 \(fn)" t nil)
18584
18585 ;;;***
18586 \f
18587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21604 48550 305934 225000))
18588 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18589
18590 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18591 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18592
18593 \(fn)" t nil)
18594
18595 ;;;***
18596 \f
18597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21604 48550 209934 221000))
18598 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18599
18600 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18601 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18602 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18603 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18604 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18605 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18606
18607 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18608
18609 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18610 Toggle Msb mode.
18611 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18612 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18613 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18614
18615 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18616 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18617
18618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18619
18620 ;;;***
18621 \f
18622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21651
18623 ;;;;;; 20707 180225 752000))
18624 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18625
18626 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18627 Display a list of all character sets.
18628
18629 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18630 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18631 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18632 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18633 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18634
18635 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18636 but still shows the full information.
18637
18638 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18639
18640 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18641 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18642 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18643
18644 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18645 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18646 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18647 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18648 meanings of these arguments.
18649
18650 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18651
18652 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18653 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18654
18655 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18656
18657 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18658 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18659
18660 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18661
18662 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18664
18665 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18666
18667 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18668 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18669
18670 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18671 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18672 in place of `..':
18673 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18674 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18675 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18676 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18677 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18678 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18679 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18680 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18681 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18682 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18683 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18684 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18685 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18686 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18687 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18688 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18689
18690 \(fn)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18694
18695 \(fn)" t nil)
18696
18697 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18698 Display a list of all coding systems.
18699 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18700
18701 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18702 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18703
18704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18705
18706 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18707 Display a list of all coding categories.
18708
18709 \(fn)" nil nil)
18710
18711 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18712 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18713 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18714
18715 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18716
18717 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18718 Display information about FONTSET.
18719 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18720
18721 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18722
18723 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18724 Display a list of all fontsets.
18725 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18726 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18727 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18728
18729 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18730
18731 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18732 Display information about all input methods.
18733
18734 \(fn)" t nil)
18735
18736 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18737 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18738
18739 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18740 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18741 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18742 system which uses fontsets).
18743
18744 \(fn)" t nil)
18745
18746 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18747 Show log of font listing and opening.
18748 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18749 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18750
18751 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18752
18753 ;;;***
18754 \f
18755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21604
18756 ;;;;;; 48550 141934 219000))
18757 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18758
18759 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18760 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18761
18762 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18763 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18764
18765 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18766 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18767
18768 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18769
18770 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18771 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18772 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18773 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18774 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18775 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18776 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18777
18778 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18779 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18780 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18781 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18782 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18783 middle of a character in STR.
18784
18785 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18786 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18787
18788 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18789 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18790 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18791 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18792 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18793
18794 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18795
18796 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18797 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18798
18799 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18800 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18801 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18802
18803 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18804 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18805 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18806
18807 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18808 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18809 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18810 are considered.
18811 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18812 longer than KEYSEQ.
18813 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18814
18815 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18816
18817 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18818 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18819 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18820 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18821 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18822 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18823 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18824 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18825 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18826 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18827 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18828
18829 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18830
18831 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18832 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18833
18834 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18835
18836 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18837 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18838
18839 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18840
18841 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18842 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18843
18844 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18845
18846 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18847 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18848
18849 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18850
18851 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18852 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18853 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18854 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18855 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18856
18857 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18858 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18859
18860 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18861 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18862 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18863 coding systems ordered by priority.
18864
18865 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18866
18867 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18868
18869 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18870 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18871 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18872 language environment LANG-ENV.
18873
18874 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18875
18876 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18877 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18878 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18879 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18880 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18881 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18882
18883 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18884
18885 ;;;***
18886 \f
18887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21604 48550
18888 ;;;;;; 217934 222000))
18889 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18890
18891 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18892 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18893
18894 \(fn)" t nil)
18895
18896 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18897 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18898
18899 \(fn)" t nil)
18900
18901 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18902 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18903
18904 \(fn)" t nil)
18905
18906 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18907 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18908
18909 \(fn)" t nil)
18910
18911 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18912 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18913
18914 \(fn)" t nil)
18915
18916 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18917 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18918
18919 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18920
18921 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18922 Ping HOST.
18923 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18924 `ping-program-options'.
18925
18926 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18927
18928 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18929 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18930
18931 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18932
18933 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18934 Run nslookup program.
18935
18936 \(fn)" t nil)
18937
18938 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18939 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18940
18941 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18942
18943 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18944 Run dig program.
18945
18946 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18947
18948 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18949 Run ftp program.
18950
18951 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18952
18953 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18954 Finger USER on HOST.
18955
18956 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18957
18958 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18959 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18960 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18961 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18962
18963 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18964
18965 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18966
18967
18968 \(fn)" t nil)
18969
18970 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18971 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18972
18973 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18974
18975 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18976 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18977
18978 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18979
18980 ;;;***
18981 \f
18982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21604 48550 217934
18983 ;;;;;; 222000))
18984 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18985
18986 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18987 Return a user name/password pair.
18988 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18989 listed in the PORTS list.
18990
18991 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18992
18993 ;;;***
18994 \f
18995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21645
18996 ;;;;;; 25761 793186 828000))
18997 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18998
18999 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19000 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19001 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19002 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19003 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19004 closes it.
19005
19006 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19007 make it unique.
19008 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19009 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19010 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19011 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19012 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19013 a port number to connect to.
19014
19015 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19016 values:
19017
19018 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19019 nil or `network'
19020 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19021 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19022 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19023 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19024 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19025 an unencrypted connection.
19026 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19027 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19028 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19029 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19030 returned object is a killed process.
19031 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19032 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19033 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19034
19035 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19036 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19037 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19038 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19039 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19040 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19041 or nil if none could be found.
19042 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19043 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19044
19045 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19046
19047 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19048 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19049 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19050
19051 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19052 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19053 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19054
19055 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19056 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19057 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19058
19059 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19060 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19061 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19062 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19063
19064 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19065 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19066
19067 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19068 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19069 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19070 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19071 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19072 or STARTTLS connections.
19073
19074 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19075 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19076
19077 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19078 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19079
19080 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19081 a greeting from the server.
19082
19083 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19084 asynchronously, if possible.
19085
19086 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19087
19088 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19089
19090 ;;;***
19091 \f
19092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21631
19093 ;;;;;; 35966 879121 869000))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19095
19096 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19097 Check whether newsticker is running.
19098 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19099 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19100
19101 \(fn)" nil nil)
19102
19103 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19104 Start the newsticker.
19105 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19106 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19107 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19108 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19109
19110 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19111
19112 ;;;***
19113 \f
19114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19115 ;;;;;; (21604 48550 217934 222000))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19117
19118 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19119 Start newsticker plainview.
19120
19121 \(fn)" t nil)
19122
19123 ;;;***
19124 \f
19125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21604
19126 ;;;;;; 48550 217934 222000))
19127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19128
19129 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19130 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19131
19132 \(fn)" t nil)
19133
19134 ;;;***
19135 \f
19136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21604
19137 ;;;;;; 48550 221934 222000))
19138 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19139
19140 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19141 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19142 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19143 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19144 empty.
19145
19146 \(fn)" nil nil)
19147
19148 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19149 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19150 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19151 running already.
19152
19153 \(fn)" t nil)
19154
19155 ;;;***
19156 \f
19157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21637
19158 ;;;;;; 50476 675217 121000))
19159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19160
19161 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19162 Start newsticker treeview.
19163
19164 \(fn)" t nil)
19165
19166 ;;;***
19167 \f
19168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21604 48550 109934
19169 ;;;;;; 218000))
19170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19171
19172 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19173 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19174
19175 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19176
19177 ;;;***
19178 \f
19179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21604 48550 109934
19180 ;;;;;; 218000))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19182
19183 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19184 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19185 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19186 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19187 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19188 symbol in the alist.
19189
19190 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19191
19192 ;;;***
19193 \f
19194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21604 48550
19195 ;;;;;; 113934 218000))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19197
19198 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19199 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19200 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19201
19202 \(fn)" t nil)
19203
19204 ;;;***
19205 \f
19206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21604 48550 117934 218000))
19207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19208
19209 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19210 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19211
19212 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19213
19214 ;;;***
19215 \f
19216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21604 48550 237934 223000))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19218
19219 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19220
19221 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19222 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19223 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19224
19225 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19226
19227
19228 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19229
19230 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19231 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19232 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19233 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19234 to future sessions.
19235
19236 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19237
19238 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19239 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19240 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19241 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19242 future sessions.
19243
19244 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19245
19246 ;;;***
19247 \f
19248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21604
19249 ;;;;;; 48550 397934 228000))
19250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19251
19252 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19253 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19254 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19255 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19256 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19257 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19258
19259 \(fn)" t nil)
19260
19261 ;;;***
19262 \f
19263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21604 48550 221934 222000))
19264 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19265 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19266
19267 ;;;***
19268 \f
19269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21604 48550
19270 ;;;;;; 237934 223000))
19271 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19272
19273 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19274 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19275 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19276 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19277
19278 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19279
19280 ;;;***
19281 \f
19282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21631 35966
19283 ;;;;;; 887121 869000))
19284 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19285
19286 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19287 Major mode for editing XML.
19288
19289 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19290 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19291 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19292 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19293 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19294 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19295 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19296
19297 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19298
19299 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19300 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19301
19302 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19303 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19304 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19305 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19306 instead of C-c.
19307
19308 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19309 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19310 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19311 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19312 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19313 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19314
19315 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19316 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19317 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19318
19319 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19320 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19321 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19322
19323 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19324 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19325 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19326 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19327 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19328 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19329 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19330 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19331 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19332
19333 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19334
19335 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19336 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19337
19338 \(fn)" t nil)
19339 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19340
19341 ;;;***
19342 \f
19343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21604 48550
19344 ;;;;;; 237934 223000))
19345 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19346
19347 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19348 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19349 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19350 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19351
19352 \(fn)" t nil)
19353
19354 ;;;***
19355 \f
19356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21631 35966
19357 ;;;;;; 907121 870000))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19359
19360 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19361 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19362
19363 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19364 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19365 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19366 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19367
19368 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19369
19370 Key bindings:
19371 \\{octave-mode-map}
19372
19373 \(fn)" t nil)
19374
19375 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19376 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19377 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19378
19379 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19380
19381 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19382 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19383
19384 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19385 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19386 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19387
19388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19389
19390 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19391
19392 ;;;***
19393 \f
19394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21604 48550
19395 ;;;;;; 349934 227000))
19396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19397
19398 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19399
19400 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19401 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19402 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19403 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19404 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19405
19406 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19407
19408 Customization:
19409
19410 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19411 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19412 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19413 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19414 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19415 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19416 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19417 Directories to search when finding external units.
19418 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19419 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19420
19421 Coloring:
19422
19423 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19424 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19425
19426 \(fn)" t nil)
19427
19428 ;;;***
19429 \f
19430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21645 25761 805186 828000))
19431 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19432
19433 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19434 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19435
19436 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19437
19438 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19439 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19440 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19441 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19442 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19443 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19444
19445 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19446
19447 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19448 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19449 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19450 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19451 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19452
19453 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19454
19455 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19456 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19457
19458 \(fn)" nil nil)
19459
19460 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19461 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19462
19463 \(fn)" nil nil)
19464
19465 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19466 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19467 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19468
19469 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19470 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19471 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19472 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19473 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19474 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19475 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19476 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19477 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19478 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19479
19480 The following commands are available:
19481
19482 \\{org-mode-map}
19483
19484 \(fn)" t nil)
19485
19486 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19487 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19488
19489 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19490 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19491 in special contexts.
19492
19493 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19494 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19495 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19496 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19497 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19498 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19499 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19500 properties in the buffer.
19501 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19502 including any drawers.
19503
19504 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19505
19506 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19507 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19508 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19509 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19510 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19511 and zoom in further.
19512 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19513 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19514
19515 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19516 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19517 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19518 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19519 times right after creating a new headline.
19520
19521 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19522 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19523 is negative, go up that many levels.
19524
19525 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19526 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19527 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19528
19529 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19530 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19531 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19532 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19533
19534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19535
19536 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19537 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19538 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19539 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19540
19541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19542 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19543
19544 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19545 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19546 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19547 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19548 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19549 defined by Org-mode).
19550
19551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19552
19553 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19554 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19555
19556 \(fn)" nil nil)
19557
19558 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19559 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19560
19561 \(fn)" nil nil)
19562
19563 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19564 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19565 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19566 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19567 call CMD.
19568
19569 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19570
19571 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19572 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19573 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19574 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19575
19576 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19577 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19578 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19579
19580 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19581 part of Org's core.
19582
19583 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19584 active region.
19585
19586 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19587
19588 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19589 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19590 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19591
19592 \(fn)" t nil)
19593
19594 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19595 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19596 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19597 Org-mode syntax.
19598
19599 \(fn)" t nil)
19600
19601 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19602 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19603
19604 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19605
19606 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19607 Switch between Org buffers.
19608 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19609 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19610
19611 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19612 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19613
19614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19615
19616 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19617
19618 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19619
19620 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19621 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19622 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19623 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19624
19625 \(fn)" t nil)
19626
19627 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19628 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19629
19630 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19631
19632 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19633 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19634 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19635
19636 \(fn)" t nil)
19637
19638 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19639 Reload all org lisp files.
19640 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19641
19642 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19643
19644 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19645 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19646
19647 \(fn)" t nil)
19648
19649 ;;;***
19650 \f
19651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21604 48550
19652 ;;;;;; 269934 224000))
19653 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19654
19655 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19656 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19657
19658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19659
19660 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19661 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19662 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19663 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19664
19665 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19666 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19667 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19668 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19669 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19670 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19671 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19672 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19673 e Export views to associated files.
19674 s Search entries for keywords.
19675 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19676 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19677 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19678 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19679 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19680 > Remove a previous restriction.
19681 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19682 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19683 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19684
19685 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19686 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19687 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19688
19689 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19690 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19691 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19692 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19693 \(if active).
19694
19695 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19696
19697 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19698 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19699 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19700 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19701 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19702 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19703 before running the agenda command.
19704
19705 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19706
19707 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19708 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19709 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19710 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19711 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19712 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19713 before running the agenda command.
19714
19715 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19716 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19717
19718 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19719
19720 category The category of the item
19721 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19722 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19723 todo selected in TODO match
19724 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19725 diary imported from diary
19726 deadline a deadline on given date
19727 scheduled scheduled on given date
19728 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19729 closed entry was closed on given date
19730 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19731 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19732 block entry has date block including g. date
19733 todo The todo keyword, if any
19734 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19735 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19736 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19737 extra Sting with extra planning info
19738 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19739 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19740 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19741
19742 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19743
19744 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19745 Store agenda views.
19746
19747 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19748
19749 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19750 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19751
19752 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19753
19754 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19755 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19756 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19757 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19758
19759 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19760 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19761 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19762
19763 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19764 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19765
19766 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19767 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19768
19769 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19770
19771 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19772 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19773
19774 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19775 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19776 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19777 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19778 EDIT-AT.
19779
19780 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19781 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19782 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19783 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19784 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19785 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19786
19787 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19788 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19789 including newlines.
19790
19791 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19792 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19793 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19794 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19795 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19796 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19797 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19798
19799 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19800 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19801 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19802 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19803
19804 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19805 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19806 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19807 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19808 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19809 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19810 Boolean search must match as full words.
19811
19812 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19813 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19814
19815 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19816
19817 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19818 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19819 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19820 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19821 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19822 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19823
19824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19825
19826 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19827 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19828 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19829
19830 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19831
19832 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19833 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19834 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19835 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19836 `org-stuck-projects'.
19837
19838 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19839
19840 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19841 Return diary information from org files.
19842 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19843 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19844 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19845 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19846 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19847
19848 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19849
19850 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19851
19852 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19853 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19854
19855 &%%(org-diary)
19856
19857 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19858 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19859 So the example above may also be written as
19860
19861 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19862
19863 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19864 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19865 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19866
19867 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19868
19869 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19870 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19871
19872 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19873
19874 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19875 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19876 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19877 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19878 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19879
19880 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19881
19882 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19883 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19884 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19885
19886 \(fn)" t nil)
19887
19888 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19889 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19890 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19891 appointments.
19892
19893 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19894 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19895
19896 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19897 for filtering entries out.
19898
19899 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19900 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19901 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19902
19903 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19904 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19905
19906 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19907 (category \"Work\"))
19908
19909 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19910 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19911
19912 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19913 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19914 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19915 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19916 details and examples.
19917
19918 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19919 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19920
19921 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19922
19923 ;;;***
19924 \f
19925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21604 48550
19926 ;;;;;; 273934 224000))
19927 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19928
19929 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19930 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19931
19932 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19933
19934 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19935 Capture something.
19936 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19937 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19938 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19939 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19940 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19941 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19942
19943 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19944 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19945 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19946 stored.
19947
19948 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19949
19950 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19951 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19952 will be bypassed.
19953
19954 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19955 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19956 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19957 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19958
19959 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19960
19961 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19962 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19963
19964 \(fn)" t nil)
19965
19966 ;;;***
19967 \f
19968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21604 48550
19969 ;;;;;; 273934 224000))
19970 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19971
19972 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19973 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19974
19975 \(fn)" t nil)
19976
19977 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19978
19979
19980 \(fn)" nil nil)
19981
19982 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19983 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19984 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19985
19986 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19987
19988 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19989 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19990
19991 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19992
19993 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19994 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19995
19996 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19997
19998 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19999 Write the column view table.
20000 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20001
20002 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20003 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20004 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20005 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20006 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20007 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20008 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20009 using `org-id-find'.
20010 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20011 a hline before each level <= that number.
20012 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20013 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20014 :skip-empty-rows
20015 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20016 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20017
20018 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20019
20020 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20021 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20022
20023 \(fn)" t nil)
20024
20025 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20026 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20027
20028 \(fn)" t nil)
20029
20030 ;;;***
20031 \f
20032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21604 48550
20033 ;;;;;; 273934 224000))
20034 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20035
20036 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20037 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20038
20039 \(fn)" nil t)
20040
20041 ;;;***
20042 \f
20043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21604 48550 277934
20044 ;;;;;; 224000))
20045 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20046
20047 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20048 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20049
20050 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20051
20052 ;;;***
20053 \f
20054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21604 48550
20055 ;;;;;; 281934 224000))
20056 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20057
20058 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20059 The release version of org-mode.
20060 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20061
20062 \(fn)" nil nil)
20063
20064 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20065 The Git version of org-mode.
20066 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20067
20068 \(fn)" nil nil)
20069
20070 ;;;***
20071 \f
20072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21631 35966 895121
20073 ;;;;;; 869000))
20074 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20075 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20076 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20077
20078 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20079 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20080 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20081 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20082
20083 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20084 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20085 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20086 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20087
20088 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20089 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20090 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20091 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20092 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20093 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20094
20095 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20096 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20097 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20098
20099 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20100 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20101 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20102 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20103 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20104 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20105 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20106 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20107 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20108 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20109 The subheadings remain visible.
20110 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20111
20112 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20113 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20114 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20115
20116 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20117 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20118
20119 \(fn)" t nil)
20120
20121 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20122 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20123 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20124 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20125 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20126
20127 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20128
20129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20130 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20131
20132 ;;;***
20133 \f
20134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21651 20707
20135 ;;;;;; 168225 752000))
20136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20137 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20138
20139 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20140 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20141 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20142 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20143 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20144
20145 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20146 activate the package system at any time.")
20147
20148 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20149
20150 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20151 Install the package PKG.
20152 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20153 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20154
20155 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20156
20157 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20158 Install a package from the current buffer.
20159 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20160 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20161 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20162
20163 \(fn)" t nil)
20164
20165 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20166 Install a package from a file.
20167 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20168
20169 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20170
20171 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20172 Import keys from FILE.
20173
20174 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20175
20176 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20177 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20178 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20179 makes them available for download.
20180
20181 \(fn)" t nil)
20182
20183 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20184 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20185 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20186 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20187
20188 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20189
20190 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20191 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20192
20193 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20194
20195 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20196 Display a list of packages.
20197 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20198 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20199 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20200
20201 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20202
20203 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20204
20205 ;;;***
20206 \f
20207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21604 48550 301934 225000))
20208 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20209
20210 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20211 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20212 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20213 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20214 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20215 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20216
20217 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20218
20219 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20220 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20221 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20222 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20223 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20224
20225 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20226 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20227 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20228
20229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20230
20231 ;;;***
20232 \f
20233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21604
20234 ;;;;;; 48549 953934 212000))
20235 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20236 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20237
20238 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20239 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20240 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20241 unknown are returned as nil.
20242
20243 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20244
20245 ;;;***
20246 \f
20247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21604 48550
20248 ;;;;;; 349934 227000))
20249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20250
20251 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20252 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20253 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20254
20255 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20256 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20257
20258 Other useful functions are:
20259
20260 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20261 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20262 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20263 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20264 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20265 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20266 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20267 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20268 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20269
20270 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20271
20272 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20273 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20274 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20275 Indentation for case statements.
20276 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20277 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20278 mark after an end.
20279 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20280 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20281 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20282 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20283 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20284 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20285 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20286 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20287 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20288 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20289
20290 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20291 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20292
20293 \(fn)" t nil)
20294
20295 ;;;***
20296 \f
20297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21604
20298 ;;;;;; 48550 301934 225000))
20299 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20300
20301 (defvar password-cache t "\
20302 Whether to cache passwords.")
20303
20304 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20305
20306 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20307 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20308 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20309
20310 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20311
20312 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20313 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20314
20315 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20316
20317 ;;;***
20318 \f
20319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21604 48550
20320 ;;;;;; 21934 214000))
20321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20322
20323 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20324 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20325 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20326
20327 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20328 _ matches anything.
20329 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20330 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20331 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20332 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20333 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20334 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20335 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20336 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20337 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20338 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20339 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20340 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20341
20342 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20343 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20344 [QPAT1 QPAT2..QPATn] matches a vector of length n and QPAT1..QPATn match
20345 its 0..(n-1)th elements, respectively.
20346 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20347 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20348 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20349
20350 FUN can take the form
20351 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20352 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20353 which is the value being matched.
20354 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20355 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20356 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20357 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20358 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20359 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20360 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20361
20362 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20363
20364 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20365
20366 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20367 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20368
20369 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20370
20371 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20372
20373 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20374 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20375 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20376 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20377
20378 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20379
20380 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20381
20382 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20383 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20384 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20385 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20386
20387 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20388
20389 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20390
20391 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20392 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20393
20394 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20395
20396 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20397
20398 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20399
20400 ;;;***
20401 \f
20402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21604 48550 301934
20403 ;;;;;; 225000))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20405
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20407 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20408
20409 \(fn)" nil nil)
20410
20411 ;;;***
20412 \f
20413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21631 35966 895121
20414 ;;;;;; 869000))
20415 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20416
20417 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20418 Completion for `gzip'.
20419
20420 \(fn)" nil nil)
20421
20422 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20423 Completion for `bzip2'.
20424
20425 \(fn)" nil nil)
20426
20427 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20428 Completion for GNU `make'.
20429
20430 \(fn)" nil nil)
20431
20432 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20433 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20434
20435 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436
20437 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20438
20439 ;;;***
20440 \f
20441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21604 48550
20442 ;;;;;; 301934 225000))
20443 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20444
20445 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20446 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20447
20448 \(fn)" nil nil)
20449
20450 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20451 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20452
20453 \(fn)" nil nil)
20454
20455 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20456 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20457
20458 \(fn)" nil nil)
20459
20460 ;;;***
20461 \f
20462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21604 48550 301934
20463 ;;;;;; 225000))
20464 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20465
20466 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20467 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20468
20469 \(fn)" nil nil)
20470
20471 ;;;***
20472 \f
20473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21604 48550 301934
20474 ;;;;;; 225000))
20475 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20476
20477 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20478 Completion for `cd'.
20479
20480 \(fn)" nil nil)
20481
20482 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20483
20484 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20485 Completion for `rmdir'.
20486
20487 \(fn)" nil nil)
20488
20489 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20490 Completion for `rm'.
20491
20492 \(fn)" nil nil)
20493
20494 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20495 Completion for `xargs'.
20496
20497 \(fn)" nil nil)
20498
20499 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20500
20501 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20502 Completion for `which'.
20503
20504 \(fn)" nil nil)
20505
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20507 Completion for the `chown' command.
20508
20509 \(fn)" nil nil)
20510
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20512 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20513
20514 \(fn)" nil nil)
20515
20516 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20517 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20518
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20520
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20522 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20523 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20524
20525 \(fn)" nil nil)
20526
20527 ;;;***
20528 \f
20529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21604 48550 301934
20530 ;;;;;; 225000))
20531 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20532
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20534 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20535
20536 \(fn)" nil nil)
20537
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20539 Completion for the `ack' command.
20540 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20541 long options.
20542
20543 \(fn)" nil nil)
20544
20545 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20546
20547 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20548 Completion for the `ag' command.
20549
20550 \(fn)" nil nil)
20551
20552 ;;;***
20553 \f
20554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21604 48550 301934
20555 ;;;;;; 225000))
20556 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20557
20558 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20559 Support extensible programmable completion.
20560 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20561 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20562
20563 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20564
20565 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20566 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20567
20568 \(fn)" t nil)
20569
20570 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20571 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20572 This will modify the current buffer.
20573
20574 \(fn)" t nil)
20575
20576 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20577 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20578
20579 \(fn)" t nil)
20580
20581 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20582 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20583 This will modify the current buffer.
20584
20585 \(fn)" t nil)
20586
20587 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20588 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20589
20590 \(fn)" t nil)
20591
20592 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20593 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20594
20595 \(fn)" t nil)
20596
20597 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20598 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20599 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20600 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20601 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20602
20603 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20604
20605 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20606 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20607
20608 \(fn)" nil nil)
20609
20610 ;;;***
20611 \f
20612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21604 48550 429934 230000))
20613 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20614
20615 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20616 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20617 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20618 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20619
20620 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20621
20622 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20623
20624 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20625 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20626 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20627 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20628 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20629 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20630 FLAGS is ignored.
20631
20632 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20633
20634 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20635 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20636 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20637 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20638 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20639 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20640 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20641 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20642
20643 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20644
20645 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20646 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20647 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20648 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20649 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20650 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20651 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20652 passed to cvs.
20653
20654 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20655
20656 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20657 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20658 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20659 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20660 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20661 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20662 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20663
20664 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20665
20666 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20667 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20668 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20669
20670 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20671
20672 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20673 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20674 A value of nil means never do it.
20675 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20676 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20677 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20678
20679 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20680
20681 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20682 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20683 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20684
20685 ;;;***
20686 \f
20687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21604 48550
20688 ;;;;;; 429934 230000))
20689 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20690
20691 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20692 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20693
20694 ;;;***
20695 \f
20696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21604
20697 ;;;;;; 48550 353934 227000))
20698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20699 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20700 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20701 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20702 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20703 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20704 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20705
20706 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20707 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20708 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20709 Tab indents for Perl code.
20710 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20711 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20712 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20713 \\{perl-mode-map}
20714 Variables controlling indentation style:
20715 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20716 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20717 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20718 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20719 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20720 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20721 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20722 `perl-nochange'
20723 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20724 `perl-indent-level'
20725 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20726 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20727 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20728 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20729 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20730 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20731 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20732 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20733 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20734 `perl-brace-offset'
20735 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20736 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20737 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20738 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20739 `perl-label-offset'
20740 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20741 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20742 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20743
20744 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20745 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20746 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20747 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20748 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20749 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20750 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20751
20752 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20753
20754 \(fn)" t nil)
20755
20756 ;;;***
20757 \f
20758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21604 48550
20759 ;;;;;; 397934 228000))
20760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20761
20762 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20763 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20764 \\<picture-mode-map>
20765 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20766 afterwards settable by these commands:
20767
20768 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20769 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20770 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20771 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20772
20773 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20774 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20775 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20776 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20777
20778 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20779 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20780 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20781 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20782
20783 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20784 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20785 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20786 with these commands:
20787
20788 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20789 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20790 Move to column following last
20791 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20792 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20793 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20794 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20795 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20796 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20797
20798 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20799
20800 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20801 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20802 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20803 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20804 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20805 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20806
20807 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20808 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20809 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20810 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20811 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20812 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20813 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20814
20815 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20816 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20817 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20818 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20819 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20820 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20821 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20822 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20823
20824 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20825 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20826 by supplying an argument.
20827
20828 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20829
20830 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20831 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20832
20833 \(fn)" t nil)
20834
20835 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20836
20837 ;;;***
20838 \f
20839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21604 48550 117934
20840 ;;;;;; 218000))
20841 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20842
20843 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20844 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20845
20846 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20847
20848 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20849 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20850
20851 \(fn)" t nil)
20852
20853 ;;;***
20854 \f
20855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21604 48550 397934
20856 ;;;;;; 228000))
20857 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20858
20859 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20860 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20861 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20862
20863 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20864
20865 ;;;***
20866 \f
20867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21604 48550 305934 225000))
20868 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20869
20870 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20871 Play pong and waste time.
20872 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20873 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20874
20875 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20876
20877 \\{pong-mode-map}
20878
20879 \(fn)" t nil)
20880
20881 ;;;***
20882 \f
20883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21631 35966 859121 868000))
20884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20885
20886 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20887 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20888 Use streaming commands.
20889
20890 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20891
20892 ;;;***
20893 \f
20894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21604 48550 21934
20895 ;;;;;; 214000))
20896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20897
20898 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20899 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20900 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20901 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20902
20903 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20904
20905 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20906 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20907
20908 \(fn)" nil nil)
20909
20910 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20911 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20912 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20913 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20914 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20915
20916 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20917
20918 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20919 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20920 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20921
20922 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20923
20924 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20925 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20926
20927 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20928
20929 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20930 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20931 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20932 Ignores leading comment characters.
20933
20934 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20937 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20938 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20939 Ignores leading comment characters.
20940
20941 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20942
20943 ;;;***
20944 \f
20945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21604 48550 309934
20946 ;;;;;; 225000))
20947 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20948 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20949
20950 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20951 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20952
20953 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20954
20955 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20956
20957 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20958
20959 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20960 Preview directory using ghostview.
20961
20962 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20963 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20964 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20965 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20966
20967 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20968 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20969 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20970 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20971 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20972 file name.
20973
20974 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20975
20976 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20977
20978 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20979 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20980
20981 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20982 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20983 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20984 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20985
20986 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20987 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20988 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20989 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20990 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20991 file name.
20992
20993 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20994
20995 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20996
20997 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20998 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20999
21000 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21001 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21002 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21003 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21004
21005 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21006 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21007 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21008 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21009 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21010 file name.
21011
21012 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21013
21014 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21015
21016 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21017 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21018
21019 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21020
21021 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21022 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21023 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21024 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21025
21026 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21027 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21028 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21029 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21030 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21031 file name.
21032
21033 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21034
21035 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21036
21037 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21038 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21039
21040 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21041 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21042 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21043
21044 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21045 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21046 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21047 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21048
21049 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21050
21051 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21052 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21053
21054 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21055 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21056 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21057
21058 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21059 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21060 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21061 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21062
21063 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21064
21065 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21066 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21067
21068 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21069 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21070 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21071
21072 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21073 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21074 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21075 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21076
21077 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21078
21079 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21080 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21081
21082 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21083
21084 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21085 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21086 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21087
21088 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21089 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21090 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21091 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21092
21093 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21094
21095 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21096 Preview region using ghostview.
21097
21098 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21099
21100 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21101
21102 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21103 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21104
21105 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21106
21107 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21108
21109 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21110 Print region using PostScript printer.
21111
21112 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21113
21114 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21115
21116 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21117 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21118
21119 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21120
21121 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21122
21123 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21124 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21125
21126 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21127
21128 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21129
21130 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21131 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21132
21133 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21134
21135 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21136
21137 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21138 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21139
21140 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21141
21142 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21143
21144 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21145 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21146
21147 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21148
21149 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21150
21151 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21152 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21153 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21154 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21155
21156 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21157 matching.
21158
21159 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21160 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21161
21162 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21163
21164 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21165
21166 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21167 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21168 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21169 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21170
21171 \(fn)" t nil)
21172
21173 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21174 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21175 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21176 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21177
21178 \(fn)" t nil)
21179
21180 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21181 Print directory using text printer.
21182
21183 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21184 matching.
21185
21186 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21187 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21188
21189 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21190
21191 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21192
21193 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21194 Print buffer using text printer.
21195
21196 \(fn)" t nil)
21197
21198 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21199 Print region using text printer.
21200
21201 \(fn)" t nil)
21202
21203 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21204 Print major mode using text printer.
21205
21206 \(fn)" t nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21209 Preview spooled PostScript.
21210
21211 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21212 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21213 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21214
21215 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21216 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21217 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21218
21219 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21222 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21223
21224 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21225 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21226 instead of sending it to the printer.
21227
21228 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21229 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21230 image in a file with that name.
21231
21232 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21235 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21236
21237 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21238 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21239 instead of sending it to the printer.
21240
21241 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21242 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21243 image in a file with that name.
21244
21245 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21246
21247 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21248 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21249
21250 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21251 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21252 instead of sending it to the printer.
21253
21254 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21255 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21256 image in a file with that name.
21257
21258 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21259
21260 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21261 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21262
21263 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21264
21265 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21266 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21267
21268 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21269
21270 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21271 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21272
21273 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21274
21275 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21276 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21277
21278 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21279
21280 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21281 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21282
21283 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21284
21285 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21286 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21287
21288 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21289 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21290 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21291 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21292
21293 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21294 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21295 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21296 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21297 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21298 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21299 file name.
21300
21301 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21302
21303 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21304 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21305
21306 \(fn)" t nil)
21307
21308 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21309 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21310
21311 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21312 right.
21313 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21314 bottom.
21315
21316 \(fn)" t nil)
21317
21318 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21319 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21320
21321 \(fn)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21324 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21325
21326 \(fn)" t nil)
21327
21328 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21329 Toggle printing with faces.
21330
21331 \(fn)" t nil)
21332
21333 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21334 Toggle spooling.
21335
21336 \(fn)" t nil)
21337
21338 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21339 Toggle duplex.
21340
21341 \(fn)" t nil)
21342
21343 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21344 Toggle tumble.
21345
21346 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21347 right.
21348 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21349 bottom.
21350
21351 \(fn)" t nil)
21352
21353 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21354 Toggle landscape.
21355
21356 \(fn)" t nil)
21357
21358 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21359 Toggle upside-down.
21360
21361 \(fn)" t nil)
21362
21363 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21364 Toggle line number.
21365
21366 \(fn)" t nil)
21367
21368 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21369 Toggle zebra stripes.
21370
21371 \(fn)" t nil)
21372
21373 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21374 Toggle printing header.
21375
21376 \(fn)" t nil)
21377
21378 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21379 Toggle printing header frame.
21380
21381 \(fn)" t nil)
21382
21383 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21384 Toggle menu lock.
21385
21386 \(fn)" t nil)
21387
21388 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21389 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21390
21391 \(fn)" t nil)
21392
21393 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21394 Toggle auto mode.
21395
21396 \(fn)" t nil)
21397
21398 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21399 Customization of the `printing' group.
21400
21401 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21402
21403 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21404 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21405
21406 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21407
21408 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21409 Help for the printing package.
21410
21411 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21412
21413 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21414 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21415
21416 \(fn)" t nil)
21417
21418 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21419 Interactively select a text printer.
21420
21421 \(fn)" t nil)
21422
21423 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21424 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21425
21426 \(fn)" t nil)
21427
21428 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21429 Show current ps-print settings.
21430
21431 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21432
21433 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21434 Show current printing settings.
21435
21436 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21437
21438 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21439 Show current lpr settings.
21440
21441 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21442
21443 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21444 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21445
21446 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21447 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21448 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21449 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21450
21451
21452 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21453
21454 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21455 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21456 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21457
21458 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21459 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21460 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21461 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21462 current active printer.
21463
21464 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21465 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21466 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21467 printer.
21468
21469 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21470 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21471 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21472 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21473 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21474
21475
21476 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21477 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21478
21479 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21480
21481 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21482 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21483 be done using the new current active printer.
21484
21485 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21486 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21487 printer.
21488
21489 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21490 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21491 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21492 instead of sending it to the printer.
21493
21494 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21495 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21496 printer.
21497
21498 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21499
21500
21501 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21502 are both set to t.
21503
21504 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21505
21506 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21507 Fast fire function for text printing.
21508
21509 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21510 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21511 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21512 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21513
21514 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21515 user for a new active text printer.
21516
21517 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21518
21519 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21520
21521 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21522 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21523 printer.
21524
21525 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21526
21527 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21528 are both set to t.
21529
21530 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21531
21532 ;;;***
21533 \f
21534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21631 35966 895121 869000))
21535 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21536
21537 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21538 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21539 \\<proced-mode-map>
21540 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21541 the process information.
21542
21543 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21544
21545 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21546 Proced buffers.
21547
21548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21549
21550 ;;;***
21551 \f
21552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21604 48550 309934
21553 ;;;;;; 225000))
21554 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21555
21556 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21557 Start/restart profilers.
21558 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21559 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21560 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21561
21562 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21563
21564 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21565 Open profile FILENAME.
21566
21567 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21568
21569 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21570 Open profile FILENAME.
21571
21572 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21573
21574 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21575 Open profile FILENAME.
21576
21577 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21578
21579 ;;;***
21580 \f
21581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21604 48550
21582 ;;;;;; 353934 227000))
21583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21584
21585 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21586 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21587
21588 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21589 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21590
21591 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21592
21593 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21594 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21595
21596 Commands:
21597 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21598
21599 \(fn)" t nil)
21600
21601 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21602 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21603 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21604
21605 \(fn)" t nil)
21606
21607 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21608 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21609 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21610
21611 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21612
21613 ;;;***
21614 \f
21615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21604 48550 369934 227000))
21616 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21617
21618 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21619 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21620 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21621
21622 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21623
21624 ;;;***
21625 \f
21626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21604 48550
21627 ;;;;;; 353934 227000))
21628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21629 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21630
21631 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21632 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21633
21634 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21635
21636 The following variables hold user options, and can
21637 be set through the `customize' command:
21638
21639 `ps-mode-tab'
21640 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21641 `ps-mode-print-function'
21642 `ps-run-prompt'
21643 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21644 `ps-run-x'
21645 `ps-run-dumb'
21646 `ps-run-init'
21647 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21648 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21649
21650 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21651
21652
21653 \\{ps-mode-map}
21654
21655
21656 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21657 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21658 The keymap for this second window is:
21659
21660 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21661
21662
21663 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21664 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21665 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21666 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21667 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21668
21669 \(fn)" t nil)
21670
21671 ;;;***
21672 \f
21673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21604 48550 369934
21674 ;;;;;; 227000))
21675 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21676 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21677
21678 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21679 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21680 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21681
21682 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21683
21684 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21685 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21686 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21687 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21688
21689 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21690
21691 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21692 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21693
21694 Valid values are:
21695
21696 nil Do not print colors.
21697
21698 t Print colors.
21699
21700 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21701 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21702
21703 Any other value is treated as t.")
21704
21705 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21706
21707 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21708 Customization of ps-print group.
21709
21710 \(fn)" t nil)
21711
21712 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21713 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21714
21715 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21716 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21717 sending it to the printer.
21718
21719 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21720 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21721 image in a file with that name.
21722
21723 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21724
21725 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21726 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21727 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21728 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21729 so it has a way to determine color values.
21730
21731 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21732
21733 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21734 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21735 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21736
21737 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21738
21739 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21740 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21741 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21742 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21743 so it has a way to determine color values.
21744
21745 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21746
21747 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21748 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21749 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21750 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21751
21752 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21753
21754 \(fn)" t nil)
21755
21756 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21757 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21758 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21759 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21760 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21761
21762 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21763
21764 \(fn)" t nil)
21765
21766 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21767 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21768 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21769
21770 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21771
21772 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21773
21774 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21775 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21776 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21777 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21778 so it has a way to determine color values.
21779
21780 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21781
21782 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21783
21784 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21785 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21786
21787 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21788 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21789 instead of sending it to the printer.
21790
21791 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21792 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21793 image in a file with that name.
21794
21795 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21796
21797 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21798 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21799 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21800 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21801 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21802
21803 \(fn)" t nil)
21804
21805 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21806 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21807 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21808
21809 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21810
21811 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21812 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21813 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21814
21815 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21816
21817 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21818 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21819
21820 \(fn)" nil nil)
21821
21822 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21823 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21824
21825 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21826 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21827
21828 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21829 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21830
21831 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21832
21833 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21834
21835 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21836
21837 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21838 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21839
21840 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21841 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21842
21843 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21844 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21845
21846 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21847
21848 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21849
21850 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21851
21852 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21853 foreground and background colors respectively.
21854
21855 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21856 bold - use bold font.
21857 italic - use italic font.
21858 underline - put a line under text.
21859 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21860 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21861 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21862 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21863 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21864
21865 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21866
21867 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21868
21869 ;;;***
21870 \f
21871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21640 32530 958334
21872 ;;;;;; 457000))
21873 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21874 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21875
21876 ;;;***
21877 \f
21878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21645 25761
21879 ;;;;;; 809186 828000))
21880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21881 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21882
21883 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21884
21885 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21886
21887 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21888 Run an inferior Python process.
21889 Input and output via buffer named after
21890 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21891 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21892
21893 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
21894 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
21895 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
21896 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
21897 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21898
21899 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21900 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21901 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21902
21903 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21904
21905 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21906 Major mode for editing Python files.
21907
21908 \\{python-mode-map}
21909
21910 \(fn)" t nil)
21911
21912 ;;;***
21913 \f
21914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21604 48550 117934 218000))
21915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21916
21917 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21918 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21919 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21920 coding-system.
21921
21922 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21923 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21924
21925 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21926 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21927 them into characters should be done separately.
21928
21929 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21930
21931 ;;;***
21932 \f
21933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21604 48550
21934 ;;;;;; 141934 219000))
21935 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21936
21937 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21938 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21939
21940 \(fn)" nil nil)
21941
21942 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21943 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21944 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21945
21946 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21947 `quail-activate', which see.
21948
21949 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21950
21951 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21952 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21953 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21954 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21955 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21956 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21957 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21958
21959 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21960 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21961 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21962 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21963 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21964 shown.
21965 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21966
21967 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21968 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21969 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21970 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21971 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21972 list of candidates.
21973
21974 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21975 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21976 command to be called.
21977
21978 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21979 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21980 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21981 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21982
21983 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21984 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21985 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21986 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21987 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21988 to t.
21989
21990 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21991 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21992 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21993 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21994
21995 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21996 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21997 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21998 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21999 defines no translations for single character keys.
22000
22001 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22002 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22003 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22004 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22005 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22006 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22007
22008 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22009 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22010 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22011 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22012 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22013 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22014
22015 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22016 covers Quail translation region.
22017
22018 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22019 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22020 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22021 for it) is inserted.
22022
22023 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22024 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22025 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22026
22027 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22028 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22029 non-Quail commands.
22030
22031 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22032
22033 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22034 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22035
22036 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22037 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22038 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22039 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22040 you type is correctly handled.
22041
22042 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22043
22044 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22045 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22046
22047 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22048 keyboard type.
22049
22050 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22051
22052 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22053 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22054 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22055 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22056 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22057 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22058 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22059 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22060 for the translation.
22061 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22062
22063 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22064 it is used to handle KEY.
22065
22066 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22067 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22068 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22069 the following annotation types are supported.
22070
22071 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22072 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22073
22074 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22075 candidate list.
22076
22077 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22078 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22079 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22080 inserted.
22081
22082 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22083 generated for the following translations.
22084
22085 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22086
22087 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22088 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22089
22090 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22091 which to install MAP.
22092
22093 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22094
22095 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22096
22097 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22098 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22099
22100 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22101 which to install MAP.
22102
22103 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22104
22105 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22106
22107 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22108 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22109 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22110 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22111 a function, or a cons.
22112 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22113 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22114 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22115 for the translation.
22116 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22117 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22118 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22119 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22120 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22121
22122 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22123 it is used to handle KEY.
22124
22125 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22126 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22127 current Quail package.
22128
22129 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22130 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22131
22132 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22133
22134 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22135 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22136
22137 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22138 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22139
22140 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22141
22142 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22143 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22144
22145 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22146
22147 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22148 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22149 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22150 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22151 of the Emacs source tree.
22152
22153 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22154 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22155
22156 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22157 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22158 of each directory.
22159
22160 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22161
22162 ;;;***
22163 \f
22164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21604
22165 ;;;;;; 48550 173934 220000))
22166 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22167
22168 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22169 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22170 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22171 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22172
22173 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22174
22175 ;;;***
22176 \f
22177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22178 ;;;;;; (21604 48550 177934 220000))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22180
22181 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22182 Activate UCS input method.
22183 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22184
22185 While this input method is active, the variable
22186 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22187
22188 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22189
22190 ;;;***
22191 \f
22192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21604 48550 221934
22193 ;;;;;; 222000))
22194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22195
22196 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22197 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22198 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22199 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22200
22201 To make use of this do something like:
22202
22203 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22204
22205 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22206
22207 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22208 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22209
22210 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22211 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22212 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22213
22214 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22215
22216 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22217 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22218
22219 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22220
22221 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22222 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22223
22224 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22225 is decided.
22226
22227 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22228
22229 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22230 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22231
22232 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22233 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22234 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22235
22236 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22237
22238 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22239 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22240
22241 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22242
22243 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22244 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22245
22246 \(fn)" t nil)
22247
22248 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22249 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22250
22251 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22252
22253 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22254
22255 \(fn)" t nil)
22256
22257 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22258 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22259
22260 \(fn)" t nil)
22261
22262 ;;;***
22263 \f
22264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21604 48550 221934
22265 ;;;;;; 222000))
22266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22267
22268 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22269 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22270
22271 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22272
22273 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22274
22275 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22276
22277 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22278
22279 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22280
22281
22282 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22283
22284 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22285 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22286 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22288 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22289 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22290
22291 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22292
22293 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22294 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22296 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22297 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22298
22299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22300
22301 ;;;***
22302 \f
22303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21604
22304 ;;;;;; 48550 21934 214000))
22305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22306
22307 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22308
22309 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22310 Construct a regexp interactively.
22311 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22312 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22313 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22314
22315 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22316 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22317
22318 \(fn)" t nil)
22319
22320 ;;;***
22321 \f
22322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21604 48550 369934
22323 ;;;;;; 227000))
22324 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22325
22326 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22327 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22328 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22330 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22331 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22332
22333 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22334
22335 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22336 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22337 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22338 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22339 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22340
22341 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22342 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22343 were operated on recently.
22344
22345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22346
22347 ;;;***
22348 \f
22349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21604 48550 369934 227000))
22350 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22351
22352 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22353 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22354 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22355 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22356 ends.
22357
22358 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22359 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22360 to be deleted.
22361
22362 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22363
22364 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22365 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22366 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22367
22368 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22369 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22370 deleted.
22371
22372 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22373
22374 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22375 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22376 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22377
22378 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22379
22380 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22381 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22382
22383 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22384 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22385
22386 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22387 deleted.
22388
22389 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22390 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22391 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22392 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22393 even beep.)
22394
22395 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22396
22397 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22398 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22399
22400 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22401
22402 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22403 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22404
22405 \(fn)" t nil)
22406
22407 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22408 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22409 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22410 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22411 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22412 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22413 and point is at the lower right corner.
22414
22415 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22416
22417 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22418 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22419
22420 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22421 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22422
22423 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22424 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22425 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22426
22427 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22428
22429 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22430
22431 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22432 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22433 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22434 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22435 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22436
22437 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22438 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22439
22440 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22441
22442 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22443 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22444 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22445
22446 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22447
22448 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22449
22450 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22451
22452 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22453 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22454
22455 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22456 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22457 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22458
22459 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22460
22461 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22462 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22463 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22464
22465 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22466 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22467 rectangle which were empty.
22468
22469 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22470
22471 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22472 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22473
22474 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22475 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22476 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22477 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22478
22479 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22480
22481 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22482 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22483 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22484
22485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22486
22487 ;;;***
22488 \f
22489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21604 48550
22490 ;;;;;; 401934 229000))
22491 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22492
22493 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22494 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22495 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22496 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22497 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22498
22499 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22500 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22501 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22502 auto-filling.
22503
22504 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22505
22506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22507
22508 ;;;***
22509 \f
22510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21604 48550
22511 ;;;;;; 405934 229000))
22512 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22513 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22514 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22515 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22516 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22517
22518 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22519 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22520
22521 \(fn)" nil nil)
22522
22523 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22524 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22525
22526 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22527 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22528
22529 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22530 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22531 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22532 \\ref macro.
22533
22534 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22535 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22536 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22537
22538 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22539 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22540 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22541
22542 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22543 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22544
22545 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22546 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22547
22548 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22549 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22550 on the menu bar.
22551
22552 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22553
22554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22555
22556 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22557 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22558 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22559
22560 \(fn)" nil nil)
22561
22562 ;;;***
22563 \f
22564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21604
22565 ;;;;;; 48550 401934 229000))
22566 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22567 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22568 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22569 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22570 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22571
22572 ;;;***
22573 \f
22574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21604
22575 ;;;;;; 48550 21934 214000))
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22577
22578 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22579 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22580 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22581 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22582 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22583 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22584
22585 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22586 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22587
22588 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22589 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22590 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22591 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22592
22593 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22594
22595 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22596 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22597 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22598 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22599
22600 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22601
22602 ;;;***
22603 \f
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21604 48550 21934
22605 ;;;;;; 214000))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22607 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22608
22609 ;;;***
22610 \f
22611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21604 48550
22612 ;;;;;; 405934 229000))
22613 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22614 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22615
22616 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22617 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22618 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22619 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22620
22621 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22622
22623 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22624
22625 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22626 Call `remember' in another frame.
22627
22628 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22629
22630 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22631 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22632 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22633
22634 \(fn)" t nil)
22635
22636 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22637 Extract diary entries from the region.
22638
22639 \(fn)" nil nil)
22640
22641 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22642 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22643 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22644 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22645
22646 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22647
22648 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22649 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22650 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22651 minor mode.
22652
22653 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22654
22655 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22656 Return the buffer.
22657
22658 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22659 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22660 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22661
22662 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22663
22664 ;;;***
22665 \f
22666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21604 48550 373934 228000))
22667 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22668 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22669
22670 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22671 Repeat most recently executed command.
22672 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22673 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22674 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22675
22676 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22677 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22678 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22679 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22680
22681 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22682 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22683 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22684
22685 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22686
22687 ;;;***
22688 \f
22689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21604 48550
22690 ;;;;;; 185934 221000))
22691 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22692
22693 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22694 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22695
22696 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22697 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22698 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22699 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22700 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22701 and point is left after the salutation.
22702
22703 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22704 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22705 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22706 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22707 left after that text.
22708
22709 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22710 is non-nil.
22711
22712 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22713 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22714 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22715 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22716
22717 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22718
22719 ;;;***
22720 \f
22721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21604 48550 373934
22722 ;;;;;; 228000))
22723 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22724
22725 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22726 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22727 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22728 visibility of comments that precede it.
22729 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22730 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22731 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22732 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22733 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22734 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22735 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22736 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22737 the comment lines.
22738 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22739 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22740 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22741 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22742 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22743
22744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22745
22746 ;;;***
22747 \f
22748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21604 48550 373934 228000))
22749 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22750
22751 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22752 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22754 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22755 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22756
22757 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22758 reveals invisible text around point.
22759
22760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22761
22762 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22763 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22764 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22766 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22767 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22768
22769 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22770
22771 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22772 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22773 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22774
22775 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22776 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22777 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22778
22779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22780
22781 ;;;***
22782 \f
22783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21604 48550 21934
22784 ;;;;;; 214000))
22785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22786
22787 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22788 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22789
22790 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22791
22792 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22793 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22794
22795 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22796
22797 ;;;***
22798 \f
22799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21604 48550 221934
22800 ;;;;;; 222000))
22801 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22802
22803 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22804 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22805 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22806 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22807
22808 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22809
22810 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22811 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22812 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22813 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22814
22815 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22816 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22817
22818 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22819 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22820
22821 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22822 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22823 INPUT-ARGS.
22824
22825 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22826 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22827 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22828 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22829 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22830
22831 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22832 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22833 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22834 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22835
22836 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22837 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22838 variable.
22839
22840 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22841
22842 ;;;***
22843 \f
22844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21604 48550 185934
22845 ;;;;;; 221000))
22846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22847
22848 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22849 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22850
22851 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22852
22853 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22854
22855 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22856 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22857 Its name should end with a slash.")
22858
22859 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22860 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22861
22862 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22863 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22864 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22865
22866 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22867
22868 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22869 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22870 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22871 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22872 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22873 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22874 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22875
22876 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22877 sent by you under different user names.
22878 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22879
22880 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22881
22882 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22883
22884 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22885
22886 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22887 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22888 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22889 explicitly.")
22890
22891 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22892
22893 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22894 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22895 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22896 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22897 which normally happens once for each message,
22898 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22899 To make a change in this variable take effect
22900 for a message that you have already viewed,
22901 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22902
22903 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22904
22905 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22906 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22907 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22908 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22909
22910 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22911
22912 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22913 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22914
22915 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22916
22917 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22918 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22919 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22920
22921 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22922
22923 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22924 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22925 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22926 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22927 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22928 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22929
22930 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22931
22932 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22933 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22934
22935 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22936
22937 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22938 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22939
22940 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22941
22942 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22943 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22944
22945 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22946 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22947
22948 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22949
22950 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22951 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22952
22953 This is set to nil by default.")
22954
22955 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22956 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22957 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22958 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22959 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22960 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22961 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22962
22963 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22964 Read and edit incoming mail.
22965 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22966 file in RMAIL Mode.
22967 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22968
22969 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22970 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22971 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22972 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22973
22974 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22975
22976 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22977
22978 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22979 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22980 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22981 Instead, these commands are available:
22982
22983 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22984 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22985 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22986 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22987 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22988 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22989 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22990 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22991 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22992 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22993 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22994 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22995 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22996 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22997 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22998 till a deleted message is found.
22999 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23000 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23001 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23002 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23003 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23004 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23005 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23006 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23007 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23008 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23009 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23010 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23011 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23012 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23013 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23014 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23015 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23016 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23017 (label defaults to last one specified).
23018 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23019 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23020 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23021 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23022 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23023 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23024 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23025 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23026 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23027
23028 \(fn)" t nil)
23029
23030 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23031 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23032
23033 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23034
23035 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23036 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23037
23038 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23039
23040 ;;;***
23041 \f
23042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21604 48550
23043 ;;;;;; 185934 221000))
23044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23045 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23046
23047 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23048 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23049 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23050 case it writes Babyl.
23051
23052 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23053 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23054 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23055 `rmail-default-file'.
23056
23057 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23058 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23059 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23060
23061 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23062 the header display is currently pruned.
23063
23064 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23065 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23066 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23067 messages after output.
23068
23069 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23070 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23071 message (if writing a file directly).
23072
23073 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23074 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23075
23076 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23077
23078 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23079 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23080 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23081 i) the header is output as currently seen
23082 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23083 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23084
23085 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23086 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23087 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23088
23089 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23090
23091 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23092 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23093 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23094 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23095 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23096 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23097 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23098
23099 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23100 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23101 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23102
23103 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23104
23105 ;;;***
23106 \f
23107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21604 48550
23108 ;;;;;; 237934 223000))
23109 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23110
23111 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23112 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23113 Return a pattern.
23114
23115 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23116
23117 ;;;***
23118 \f
23119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21604 48550
23120 ;;;;;; 241934 223000))
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23122
23123 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23124 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23125 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23126 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23127
23128 \(fn)" t nil)
23129
23130 ;;;***
23131 \f
23132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21604 48550
23133 ;;;;;; 241934 223000))
23134 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23135
23136 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23137 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23138
23139 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23140 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23141 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23142 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23143 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23144 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23145 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23146 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23147 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23148 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23149
23150 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23151 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23152 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23153 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23154 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23155 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23156 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23157 to use for finding the schema.
23158
23159 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23160
23161 ;;;***
23162 \f
23163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21604 48550 241934
23164 ;;;;;; 223000))
23165 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23166
23167 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23168
23169 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23170 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23171 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23172 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23173 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23174 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23175 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23176 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23177 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23178 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23179 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23180 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23181 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23182 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23183 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23184 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23185 must be equal.
23186
23187 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23188
23189 ;;;***
23190 \f
23191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21604 48550
23192 ;;;;;; 141934 219000))
23193 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23194
23195 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23196 Define a robin package.
23197
23198 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23199 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23200 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23201 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23202
23203 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23204 one replaces the old one.
23205
23206 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23207
23208 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23209 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23210
23211 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23212 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23213 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23214
23215 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23216
23217 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23218 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23219
23220 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23221
23222 ;;;***
23223 \f
23224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21604 48550 373934 228000))
23225 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23226
23227 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23228 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23229
23230 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23231
23232 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23233 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23234
23235 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23236
23237 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23238 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23239
23240 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23241
23242 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23243 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23244 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23245
23246 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23247 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23248 in ROT13.
23249
23250 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23251
23252 \(fn)" t nil)
23253
23254 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23255 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23256
23257 \(fn)" t nil)
23258
23259 ;;;***
23260 \f
23261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21604 48550 405934
23262 ;;;;;; 229000))
23263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23264 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23265
23266 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23267 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23268 \\<rst-mode-map>
23269
23270 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23271 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23272 highlighting.
23273
23274 \\{rst-mode-map}
23275
23276 \(fn)" t nil)
23277
23278 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23279 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23280 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23281 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23282 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23283
23284 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23285 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23286 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23287
23288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23289
23290 ;;;***
23291 \f
23292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21659
23293 ;;;;;; 61733 222949 164000))
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23295 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23296
23297 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23298 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23299
23300 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23301
23302 \(fn)" t nil)
23303
23304 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23305
23306 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23307
23308 ;;;***
23309 \f
23310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21604 48550 373934
23311 ;;;;;; 228000))
23312 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23313 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23314
23315 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23316 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23317 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23318
23319 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23320 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23321 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23322 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23323 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23324
23325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23326
23327 ;;;***
23328 \f
23329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21604 48550 25934
23330 ;;;;;; 215000))
23331 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23332
23333 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23334 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23335 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23336 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23337
23338 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23339
23340 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23341 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23342 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23343
23344 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23345 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23346 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23347
23348 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23349 notation.
23350
23351 STRING
23352 matches string STRING literally.
23353
23354 CHAR
23355 matches character CHAR literally.
23356
23357 `not-newline', `nonl'
23358 matches any character except a newline.
23359
23360 `anything'
23361 matches any character
23362
23363 `(any SET ...)'
23364 `(in SET ...)'
23365 `(char SET ...)'
23366 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23367 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23368 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23369
23370 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23371 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23372 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23373 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23374
23375 `(not (any SET ...))'
23376 matches any character not in SET ...
23377
23378 `line-start', `bol'
23379 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23380 in the text being matched
23381
23382 `line-end', `eol'
23383 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23384
23385 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23386 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23387 string being matched against.
23388
23389 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23390 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23391 string being matched against.
23392
23393 `buffer-start'
23394 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23395 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23396
23397 `buffer-end'
23398 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23399 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23400
23401 `point'
23402 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23403
23404 `word-start', `bow'
23405 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23406
23407 `word-end', `eow'
23408 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23409
23410 `word-boundary'
23411 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23412 word.
23413
23414 `(not word-boundary)'
23415 `not-word-boundary'
23416 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23417 word.
23418
23419 `symbol-start'
23420 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23421
23422 `symbol-end'
23423 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23424
23425 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23426 matches 0 through 9.
23427
23428 `control', `cntrl'
23429 matches ASCII control characters.
23430
23431 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23432 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23433
23434 `blank'
23435 matches space and tab only.
23436
23437 `graphic', `graph'
23438 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23439 space, and DEL.
23440
23441 `printing', `print'
23442 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23443 and DEL.
23444
23445 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23446 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23447 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23448
23449 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23450 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23451 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23452
23453 `ascii'
23454 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23455
23456 `nonascii'
23457 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23458
23459 `lower', `lower-case'
23460 matches anything lower-case.
23461
23462 `upper', `upper-case'
23463 matches anything upper-case.
23464
23465 `punctuation', `punct'
23466 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23467 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23468
23469 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23470 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23471
23472 `word', `wordchar'
23473 matches anything that has word syntax.
23474
23475 `not-wordchar'
23476 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23477
23478 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23479 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23480 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23481 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23482
23483 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23484 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23485 `word' (\\sw)
23486 `symbol' (\\s_)
23487 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23488 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23489 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23490 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23491 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23492 `escape' (\\s\\)
23493 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23494 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23495 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23496 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23497 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23498
23499 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23500 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23501
23502 `(category CATEGORY)'
23503 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23504 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23505
23506 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23507 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23508 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23509 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23510 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23511 `symbol' (\\c5)
23512 `digit' (\\c6)
23513 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23514 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23515 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23516 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23517 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23518 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23519 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23520 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23521 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23522 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23523 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23524 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23525 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23526 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23527 `ascii' (\\ca)
23528 `arabic' (\\cb)
23529 `chinese' (\\cc)
23530 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23531 `greek' (\\cg)
23532 `korean' (\\ch)
23533 `indian' (\\ci)
23534 `japanese' (\\cj)
23535 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23536 `latin' (\\cl)
23537 `lao' (\\co)
23538 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23539 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23540 `thai' (\\ct)
23541 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23542 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23543 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23544 `can-break' (\\c|)
23545
23546 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23547 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23548
23549 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23550 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23551 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23552 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23553 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23554
23555 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23556 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23557 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23558 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23559
23560 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23561 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23562 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23563 group number N.
23564
23565 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23566 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23567 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23568 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23569 regular expression.
23570
23571 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23572 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23573 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23574 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23575 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23576
23577 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23578 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23579
23580 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23581 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23582
23583 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23584 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23585 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23586
23587 `(* SEXP ...)'
23588 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23589 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23590
23591 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23592 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23593 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23594
23595 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23596 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23597 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23598
23599 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23600 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23601
23602 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23603 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23604
23605 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23606 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23607 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23608 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23609
23610 `(? SEXP ...)'
23611 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23612
23613 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23614 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23615
23616 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23617 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23618 matches N occurrences.
23619
23620 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23621 matches N or more occurrences.
23622
23623 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23624 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23625 matches N to M occurrences.
23626
23627 `(backref N)'
23628 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23629
23630 `(eval FORM)'
23631 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23632 `regexp-quote' it.
23633
23634 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23635 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23636
23637 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23638
23639 ;;;***
23640 \f
23641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21604 48550
23642 ;;;;;; 221934 222000))
23643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23644 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23645
23646 ;;;***
23647 \f
23648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21604 48550 373934
23649 ;;;;;; 228000))
23650 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23651 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23652
23653 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23654 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23655 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23658 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23659
23660 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23661
23662 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23663 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23665 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23667
23668 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23669 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23670 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23671 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23672
23673 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23674 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23675 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23676
23677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23678
23679 ;;;***
23680 \f
23681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21604 48550
23682 ;;;;;; 353934 227000))
23683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23684
23685 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23686 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23687 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23688
23689 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23690 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23691 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23692 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23693 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23694 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23695 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23696 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23697
23698 Commands:
23699 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23700 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23701 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23702
23703 \(fn)" t nil)
23704
23705 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23706 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23707 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23708
23709 Commands:
23710 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23711 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23712 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23713 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23714 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23715 that variable's value is a string.
23716
23717 \(fn)" t nil)
23718
23719 ;;;***
23720 \f
23721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21604 48550
23722 ;;;;;; 121934 218000))
23723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23724
23725 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23726 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23727 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23728
23729 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23730
23731 \(fn)" t nil)
23732
23733 ;;;***
23734 \f
23735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21604 48550 373934
23736 ;;;;;; 228000))
23737 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23738
23739 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23740 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23741 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23743 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23744 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23745
23746 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23747
23748 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23749 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23750 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23751 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23752 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23753
23754 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23755 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23756
23757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23758
23759 ;;;***
23760 \f
23761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21604 48550
23762 ;;;;;; 373934 228000))
23763 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23764
23765 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23766 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23767 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23768 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23769 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23770 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23771 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23772 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23773
23774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23775
23776 ;;;***
23777 \f
23778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21604 48550 221934
23779 ;;;;;; 222000))
23780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23781 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23782 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23783
23784 ;;;***
23785 \f
23786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21645 25875
23787 ;;;;;; 821189 881000))
23788 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23789 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23790
23791 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23792 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23793 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23794
23795 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23796 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23797 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23798 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23799 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23800 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23801 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23802 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23803 keybinding for tag names.
23804 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23805 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23806 of the symbol under point.
23807 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23808 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23809 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23810 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23811 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23812 syntax tokens.
23813 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23814
23815 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23816
23817 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23818 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23819 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23822 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23823
23824 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23825
23826 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23827 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23830 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23831
23832 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23833 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23834 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23835 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23836 Semantic mode.
23837
23838 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23839
23840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23841
23842 ;;;***
23843 \f
23844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23845 ;;;;;; (21604 48549 969934 213000))
23846 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23847
23848 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23849 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23850
23851 \(fn)" t nil)
23852
23853 ;;;***
23854 \f
23855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23856 ;;;;;; (21604 48549 981934 213000))
23857 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23858
23859 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23860 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23861
23862 \(fn)" t nil)
23863
23864 ;;;***
23865 \f
23866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21604 48550
23867 ;;;;;; 189934 221000))
23868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23869
23870 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23871 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23872
23873 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23874 king@grassland.com
23875 If `parens', they look like:
23876 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23877 If `angles', they look like:
23878 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23879
23880 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23881 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23882
23883 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23884
23885 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23886 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23887 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23888 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23889
23890 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23891 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23892 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23893 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23894
23895 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23896
23897 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23898 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23899 This is done when the message is initialized,
23900 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23901
23902 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23903
23904 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23905 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23906 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23907
23908 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23909
23910 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23911 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23912 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23913 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23914 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23915 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23916 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23917
23918 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23919
23920 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23921 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23922
23923 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23924
23925 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23926 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23927 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23928 be a Babyl file.")
23929
23930 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23931
23932 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23933 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23934 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23935 when you first send mail.")
23936
23937 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23938
23939 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23940 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23941 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23942 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23943 This file need not actually exist.")
23944
23945 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23946
23947 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23948 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23949
23950 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23951
23952 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23953 Alist of mail address aliases,
23954 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23955 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23956 can specify a different file name.)
23957 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23958 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23959
23960 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23961 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23962 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23963
23964 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23965
23966 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23967 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23968 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23969
23970 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23971
23972 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23973 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23974 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23975 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23976 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23977 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23978 in the cited portion of the message.
23979
23980 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23981 instead of no action.")
23982
23983 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23984
23985 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23986 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23987 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23988 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23989 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23990
23991 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23992
23993 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23994 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23995 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23996 If a string, that string is inserted.
23997 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23998 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23999 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24000 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24001
24002 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24003
24004 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24005 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24006
24007 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24008
24009 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24010 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24011 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24012
24013 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24014 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24015
24016 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24017
24018 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24019 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24020 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24021 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24022
24023 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24024
24025 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24026 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24027 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24028
24029 \(fn)" nil nil)
24030
24031 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24032
24033 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24034
24035
24036 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24037
24038 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24039 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24040 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24041
24042 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24043 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24044
24045 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24046 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24047 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24048 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24049 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24050 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24051 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24052 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24053 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24054 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24055 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24056 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24057 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24058 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24059
24060 \(fn)" t nil)
24061
24062 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24063 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24064 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24065 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24066
24067 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24068
24069 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24070 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24071 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24072 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24073 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24074 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24075
24076 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24077 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24078 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24079
24080 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24081 User should not set this variable manually,
24082 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24083 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24084 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24085
24086 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24087 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24088 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24089 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24090
24091 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24092 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24093
24094 \\<mail-mode-map>
24095 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24096
24097 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24098 to move to message header fields:
24099 \\{mail-mode-map}
24100
24101 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24102 when the message is initialized.
24103
24104 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24105 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24106
24107 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24108 is inserted.
24109
24110 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24111 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24112
24113 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24114 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24115 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24116 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24117 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24118 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24119 buffer without erasing the contents.
24120
24121 The second through fifth arguments,
24122 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24123 the initial contents of those header fields.
24124 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24125 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24126 original message being replied to, or else an action
24127 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24128 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24129 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24130 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24131 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24132 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24133
24134 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24135
24136 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24137 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24138
24139 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24140
24141 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24142 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24143
24144 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24145
24146 ;;;***
24147 \f
24148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21648 55877 412874
24149 ;;;;;; 916000))
24150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24151 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24152
24153 ;;;***
24154 \f
24155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21604 48550 373934 228000))
24156 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24157
24158 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24159
24160 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24161
24162 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24163
24164 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24165 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24166 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24167 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24168 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24169 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24170
24171 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24172 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24173
24174 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24175 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24176 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24177
24178 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24179 \\[server-start].
24180
24181 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24182
24183 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24184 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24185 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24186 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24187
24188 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24189
24190 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24191 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24192 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24195 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24196
24197 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24198
24199 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24200 Toggle Server mode.
24201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24203 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24204
24205 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24206 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24207 `server-start' for details.
24208
24209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24210
24211 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24212 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24213 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24214
24215 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24216 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24217
24218 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24219
24220 ;;;***
24221 \f
24222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21604 48550 377934 228000))
24223 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24224
24225 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24226 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24227
24228 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24229 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24230 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24231 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24232 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24233
24234 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24235 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24236 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24237 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24238 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24239 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24240
24241 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24242 displayed.
24243
24244 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24245 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24246 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24247
24248 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24249 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24250
24251 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24252 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24253
24254 \\{ses-mode-map}
24255 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24256 part):
24257 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24258 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24259 formula:
24260 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24261
24262 \(fn)" t nil)
24263
24264 ;;;***
24265 \f
24266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21631
24267 ;;;;;; 35966 915121 870000))
24268 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24269
24270 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24271 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24272 Makes > match <.
24273 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24274 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24275
24276 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24277 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24278 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24279
24280 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24281 in your init file.
24282
24283 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24284
24285 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24286 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24287 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24288
24289 \(fn)" t nil)
24290
24291 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24292 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24293 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24294 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24295 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24296 which this is based.
24297
24298 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24299
24300 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24301 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24302 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24303 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24304
24305 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24306 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24307 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24308
24309 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24310 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24311 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24312 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24313
24314 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24315 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24316 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24317 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24318
24319 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24320
24321 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24322 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24323 To work around that, do:
24324 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24325
24326 \\{html-mode-map}
24327
24328 \(fn)" t nil)
24329
24330 ;;;***
24331 \f
24332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21637
24333 ;;;;;; 50476 679217 121000))
24334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24335 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24336 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24337
24338 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24339 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24340 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24341 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24342 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24343 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24344
24345 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24346 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24347 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24348 shell-specific features.
24349
24350 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24351 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24352 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24353 \\<sh-mode-map>
24354 \\[sh-case] case statement
24355 \\[sh-for] for loop
24356 \\[sh-function] function definition
24357 \\[sh-if] if statement
24358 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24359 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24360 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24361 \\[sh-select] select loop
24362 \\[sh-until] until loop
24363 \\[sh-while] while loop
24364
24365 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24366 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24367 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24368 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24369 would indent to the way it currently is.
24370 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24371 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24372
24373
24374 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24375 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24376 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24377 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24378 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24379 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24380
24381 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24382 unquoted < insert a here document.
24383
24384 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24385 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24386 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24387
24388 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24389 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24390
24391 \(fn)" t nil)
24392
24393 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24394
24395 ;;;***
24396 \f
24397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21604 48550
24398 ;;;;;; 25934 215000))
24399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24400
24401 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24402 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24403
24404 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24405 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24406 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24407
24408 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24409 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24410 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24411 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24412 the earlier.
24413
24414 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24415
24416 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24417
24418 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24419 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24420 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24421
24422 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24423 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24424
24425 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24426 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24427 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24428 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24429 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24430 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24431 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24432 Emacs version).
24433
24434 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24435 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24436 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24437 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24438 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24439
24440 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24441 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24442
24443 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24444
24445 ;;;***
24446 \f
24447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21604 48550 377934
24448 ;;;;;; 228000))
24449 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24450
24451 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24452 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24453 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24454 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24455 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24456 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24457 sites in the cluster.
24458
24459 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24460
24461 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24462 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24463 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24464 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24465 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24466
24467 \(fn)" t nil)
24468
24469 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24470 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24471 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24472 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24473 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24474 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24475 `shadow-define-cluster').
24476
24477 \(fn)" t nil)
24478
24479 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24480 Set up file shadowing.
24481
24482 \(fn)" t nil)
24483
24484 ;;;***
24485 \f
24486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21659 61733 222949 164000))
24487 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24488
24489 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24490 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24491 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24492 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24493 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24494 arguments.")
24495
24496 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24497
24498 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24499 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24500 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24501 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24502 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24503
24504 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24505 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24506 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24507 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24508 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24509 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24510 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24511 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24512 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24513 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24514 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24515
24516 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24517 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24518 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24519 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24520 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24521 `default-process-coding-system'.
24522
24523 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24524 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24525 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24526 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24527
24528 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24529
24530 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24531
24532 ;;;***
24533 \f
24534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21646 54881 267721 623000))
24535 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24536
24537 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24538 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24539
24540 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24541
24542 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24543 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24544 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24545 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24546
24547 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24548
24549 ;;;***
24550 \f
24551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21604 48550 121934
24552 ;;;;;; 218000))
24553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24554
24555 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24556
24557
24558 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24559
24560 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24561
24562
24563 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24564
24565 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24566
24567
24568 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24569
24570 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24571
24572
24573 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24574
24575 ;;;***
24576 \f
24577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21604 48550
24578 ;;;;;; 121934 218000))
24579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24580
24581 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24582 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24583 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24584 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24585 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24586
24587 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24588
24589 \(fn)" t nil)
24590
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21604 48550
24594 ;;;;;; 357934 227000))
24595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24596
24597 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24598 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24599 \\{simula-mode-map}
24600 Variables controlling indentation style:
24601 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24602 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24603 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24604 `simula-indent-level'
24605 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24606 `simula-substatement-offset'
24607 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24608 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24609 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24610 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24611 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24612 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24613 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24614 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24615 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24616 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24617 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24618 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24619 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24620 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24621 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24622 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24623 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24624 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24625 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24626 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24627 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24628 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24629 or nil if they should not be changed.
24630 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24631 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24632 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24633 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24634
24635 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24636 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24637
24638 \(fn)" t nil)
24639
24640 ;;;***
24641 \f
24642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21604 48550 377934
24643 ;;;;;; 228000))
24644 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24645
24646 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24647 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24648
24649 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24650 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24651 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24652 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24653
24654 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24655
24656 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24657
24658 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24659 Insert SKELETON.
24660 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24661 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24662 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24663 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24664 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24665
24666 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24667 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24668
24669 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24670
24671 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24672 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24673
24674 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24675 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24676 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24677 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24678
24679 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24680 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24681 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24682 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24683
24684 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24685 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24686 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24687
24688 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24689 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24690
24691 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24692 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24693
24694 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24695 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24696 is at bol/eol
24697 _ interesting point, interregion here
24698 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24699 interesting point set by _
24700 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24701 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24702 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24703 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24704 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24705 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24706 nil skipped
24707
24708 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24709 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24710
24711 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24712 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24713 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24714 as the first element when at bol.
24715
24716 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24717 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24718 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24719 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24720 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24721 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24722 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24723 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24724
24725 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24726 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24727 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24728 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24729 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24730 available:
24731
24732 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24733 then: insert previously read string once more
24734 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24735 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24736 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24737
24738 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24739 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24740
24741 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24742
24743 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24744 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24745
24746 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24747 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24748 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24749 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24750 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24751 such as backslash.
24752
24753 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24754 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24755 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24756
24757 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24758
24759 ;;;***
24760 \f
24761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21631 35966
24762 ;;;;;; 923121 870000))
24763 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24764
24765 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24766 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24767 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24768 buffer names.
24769
24770 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24771
24772 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24773 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24775 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24776 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24777 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24778
24779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24780
24781 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24782 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24783 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24784
24785 \(fn)" t nil)
24786
24787 ;;;***
24788 \f
24789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21604 48550 121934
24790 ;;;;;; 218000))
24791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24792
24793 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24794 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24795 A list of images is returned.
24796
24797 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24798
24799 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24800 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24801 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24802
24803 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24804
24805 ;;;***
24806 \f
24807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21631 35966
24808 ;;;;;; 875121 868000))
24809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24810
24811 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24812
24813
24814 \(fn)" nil nil)
24815
24816 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24817 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24818
24819 \(fn)" t nil)
24820
24821 ;;;***
24822 \f
24823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21604 48550 305934
24824 ;;;;;; 225000))
24825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24826
24827 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24828 Play the Snake game.
24829 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24830
24831 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24832
24833 Snake mode keybindings:
24834 \\<snake-mode-map>
24835 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24836 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24837 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24838 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24839 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24840 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24841 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24842
24843 \(fn)" t nil)
24844
24845 ;;;***
24846 \f
24847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21604 48550
24848 ;;;;;; 225934 222000))
24849 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24850
24851 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24852 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24853 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24854 Tab indents for C code.
24855 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24856 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24857 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24858 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24859 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24860
24861 \(fn)" t nil)
24862
24863 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24864 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24865 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24866 Tab indents for C code.
24867 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24868 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24869 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24870 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24871 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24872
24873 \(fn)" t nil)
24874
24875 ;;;***
24876 \f
24877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21604 48549 953934
24878 ;;;;;; 212000))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24880
24881 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24882 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24883 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24884 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24885 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24886
24887 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24888
24889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24890
24891 ;;;***
24892 \f
24893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21604 48550
24894 ;;;;;; 305934 225000))
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24896
24897 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24898 Play Solitaire.
24899
24900 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24901 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24902 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24903 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24904 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24905 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24906 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24907 check after each move or undo.)
24908
24909 What is Solitaire?
24910
24911 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24912 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24913 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24914
24915 Le Solitaire
24916 ============
24917
24918 o o o
24919
24920 o o o
24921
24922 o o o o o o o
24923
24924 o o o . o o o
24925
24926 o o o o o o o
24927
24928 o o o
24929
24930 o o o
24931
24932 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24933 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24934 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24935 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24936
24937 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24938 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24939 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24940 this: o o .
24941
24942 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24943 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24944
24945 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24946
24947 o o o
24948
24949 . o o
24950
24951 o o . o o o o
24952
24953 o . o o o o o
24954
24955 o o o o o o o
24956
24957 o o o
24958
24959 o o o
24960
24961 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24962
24963 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24964
24965 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24966
24967 ;;;***
24968 \f
24969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21604 48550 377934 228000))
24970 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24971 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24972
24973 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24974 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24975
24976 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24977 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24978 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24979 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24980 contiguous.
24981
24982 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24983 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24984 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24985 the sort order.
24986
24987 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24988 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24989
24990 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24991 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24992 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24993 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24994 is called.
24995
24996 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24997 It should move point to the end of the record.
24998
24999 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25000 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25001 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25002 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25003 starts at the beginning of the record.
25004
25005 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25006 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25007 same as ENDRECFUN.
25008
25009 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25010 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25011 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25012 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25013 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25014 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25015 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25016
25017 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25018
25019 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25020 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25021 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25022 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25023 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25024 the sort order.
25025
25026 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25027
25028 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25029 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25030 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25031 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25032 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25033 the sort order.
25034
25035 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25036
25037 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25038 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25039 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25040 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25041 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25042 the sort order.
25043
25044 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25045 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25046
25047 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25048 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25049 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25050 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25051 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25052 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25053 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25054 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25055 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25056
25057 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25058
25059 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25060 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25061 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25062 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25063 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25064 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25065 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25066 the sort order.
25067
25068 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25069
25070 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25071 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25072 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25073 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25074
25075 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25076 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25077
25078 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25079 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25080 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25081 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25082 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25083 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25084 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25085 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25086
25087 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25088
25089 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25090 the sort order.
25091
25092 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25093 starting with the letter \"f\",
25094 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25095
25096 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25097
25098 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25099 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25100 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25101 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25102 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25103 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25104 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25105 the sort order.
25106
25107 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25108 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25109 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25110 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25111 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25112
25113 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25114
25115 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25116 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25117 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25118
25119 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25120
25121 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25122 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25123 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25124 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25125 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25126 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25127 each repeated line.
25128
25129 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25130 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25131 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25132 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25133
25134 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25135 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25136
25137 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25138 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25139
25140 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25141
25142 ;;;***
25143 \f
25144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21604 48550 121934 218000))
25145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25146
25147 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25148 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25149 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25150 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25151 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25152 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25153
25154 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25155
25156 ;;;***
25157 \f
25158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21604
25159 ;;;;;; 48550 121934 218000))
25160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25161
25162 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25163 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25164
25165 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25166 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25167 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25168
25169 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25170
25171 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25172 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25173 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25174 server.
25175
25176 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25177
25178 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25179 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25180 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25181
25182 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25183
25184 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25185 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25186 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25187 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25188 Agent is plugged.
25189
25190 \(fn)" t nil)
25191
25192 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25193 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25194 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25195 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25196
25197 \(fn)" t nil)
25198
25199 ;;;***
25200 \f
25201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21604 48550 381934
25202 ;;;;;; 228000))
25203 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25204
25205 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25206
25207 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25208 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25209 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25210 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25211 supported at a time.
25212 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25213 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25214
25215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25216
25217 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25218 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25219 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25220 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25221
25222 \(fn)" t nil)
25223
25224 ;;;***
25225 \f
25226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21604 48550 305934
25227 ;;;;;; 225000))
25228 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25229
25230 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25231 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25232
25233 \(fn)" t nil)
25234
25235 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25236 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25237
25238 \(fn)" nil nil)
25239
25240 ;;;***
25241 \f
25242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21604 48550 357934
25243 ;;;;;; 227000))
25244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25245 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25246
25247 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25248 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25249
25250 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25251 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25252 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25253 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25254 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25255 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25256 of the current highlighting list.
25257
25258 For example:
25259
25260 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25261 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25262
25263 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25264 `_t' as data types.
25265
25266 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25267
25268 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25269 Major mode to edit SQL.
25270
25271 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25272 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25273 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25274
25275 \\{sql-mode-map}
25276 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25277
25278 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25279 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25280 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25281 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25282 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25283 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25284
25285 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25286 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25287
25288 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25289 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25290 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25291
25292 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25293 (lambda ()
25294 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25295
25296 \(fn)" t nil)
25297
25298 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25299 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25300
25301 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25302 their settings.
25303
25304 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25305 is specified in the connection settings.
25306
25307 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25308
25309 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25310 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25311
25312 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25313 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25314
25315 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25316 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25317 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25318 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25319
25320 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25321
25322 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25323
25324 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25325 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25326
25327 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25328 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25329 `*SQL*'.
25330
25331 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25332 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25333 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25334 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25335
25336 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25337 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25338
25339 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25340 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25341 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25342 buffer.
25343
25344 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25345 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25346 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25347 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25348 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25349 `default-process-coding-system'.
25350
25351 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25352
25353 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25354
25355 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25356 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25357
25358 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25359 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25360 `*SQL*'.
25361
25362 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25363 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25364 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25365 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25366
25367 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25368 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25369
25370 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25371 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25372 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25373 buffer.
25374
25375 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25376 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25377 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25378 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25379 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25380 `default-process-coding-system'.
25381
25382 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25383
25384 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25385
25386 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25387 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25388
25389 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25390 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25391 `*SQL*'.
25392
25393 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25394 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25395
25396 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25397 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25398
25399 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25400 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25401 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25402 buffer.
25403
25404 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25405 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25406 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25407 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25408 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25409 `default-process-coding-system'.
25410
25411 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25412
25413 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25414
25415 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25416 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25417
25418 SQLite is free software.
25419
25420 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25421 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25422 `*SQL*'.
25423
25424 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25425 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25426 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25427 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25428
25429 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25430 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25431
25432 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25433 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25434 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25435 buffer.
25436
25437 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25438 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25439 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25440 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25441 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25442 `default-process-coding-system'.
25443
25444 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25445
25446 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25447
25448 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25449 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25450
25451 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25452
25453 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25454 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25455 `*SQL*'.
25456
25457 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25458 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25459 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25460 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25461
25462 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25463 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25464
25465 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25466 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25467 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25468 buffer.
25469
25470 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25471 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25472 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25473 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25474 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25475 `default-process-coding-system'.
25476
25477 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25478
25479 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25480
25481 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25482 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25483
25484 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25485 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25486 `*SQL*'.
25487
25488 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25489 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25490 defaults, if set.
25491
25492 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25493 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25494
25495 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25496 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25497 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25498 buffer.
25499
25500 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25501 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25502 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25503 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25504 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25505 `default-process-coding-system'.
25506
25507 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25508
25509 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25510
25511 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25512 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25513
25514 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25515 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25516 `*SQL*'.
25517
25518 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25519 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25520
25521 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25522 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25523
25524 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25525 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25526 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25527 buffer.
25528
25529 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25530 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25531 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25532 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25533 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25534 `default-process-coding-system'.
25535
25536 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25537
25538 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25539
25540 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25541 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25542
25543 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25544 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25545 `*SQL*'.
25546
25547 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25548 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25549 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25550 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25551
25552 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25553 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25554
25555 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25556 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25557 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25558 buffer.
25559
25560 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25561 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25562 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25563 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25564 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25565 `default-process-coding-system'.
25566
25567 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25568
25569 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25570
25571 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25572 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25573
25574 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25575 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25576 `*SQL*'.
25577
25578 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25579 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25580 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25581 `sql-postgres-options'.
25582
25583 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25584 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25585
25586 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25587 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25588 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25589 buffer.
25590
25591 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25592 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25593 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25594 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25595 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25596 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25597 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25598 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25599
25600 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25601 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25602
25603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25604
25605 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25606
25607 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25608 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25609
25610 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25611 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25612 `*SQL*'.
25613
25614 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25615 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25616 defaults, if set.
25617
25618 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25619 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25620
25621 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25622 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25623 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25624 buffer.
25625
25626 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25627 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25628 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25629 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25630 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25631 `default-process-coding-system'.
25632
25633 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25634
25635 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25636
25637 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25638 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25639
25640 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25641 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25642 `*SQL*'.
25643
25644 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25645 automatic login.
25646
25647 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25648 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25649
25650 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25651 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25652 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25653 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25654
25655 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25656 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25657 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25658 buffer.
25659
25660 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25661 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25662 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25663 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25664 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25665 `default-process-coding-system'.
25666
25667 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25668
25669 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25670
25671 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25672 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25673
25674 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25675 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25676 `*SQL*'.
25677
25678 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25679 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25680 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25681 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25682 parameters.
25683
25684 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25685 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25686 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25687 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25688 an empty password.
25689
25690 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25691 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25692
25693 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25694 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25695 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25696 buffer.
25697
25698 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25699
25700 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25701
25702 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25703 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25704
25705 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25706
25707 ;;;***
25708 \f
25709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21604 48549 981934
25710 ;;;;;; 213000))
25711 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25712 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25713
25714 ;;;***
25715 \f
25716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25717 ;;;;;; (21659 61733 202949 164000))
25718 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25719
25720 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25721 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25722
25723 \(fn)" t nil)
25724
25725 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25726
25727 ;;;***
25728 \f
25729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21604 48550
25730 ;;;;;; 121934 218000))
25731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25732
25733 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25734 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25735 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25736 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25737 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25738 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25739 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25740 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25741 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25742 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25743 with any buffer
25744 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25745 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25746 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25747 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25748
25749 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25750
25751 ;;;***
25752 \f
25753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21604 48550 381934
25754 ;;;;;; 228000))
25755 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25756
25757 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25758 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25759 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25760 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25761 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25762 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25763
25764 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25765
25766 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25767
25768 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25769 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25770 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25771 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25772 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25773 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25774 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25775
25776 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25777
25778 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25779 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25780 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25781 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25782 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25783 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25784 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25785
25786 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25787
25788 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25789 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25790 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25791
25792 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25793
25794 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25795 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25796 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25797
25798 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25799
25800 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25801 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25802
25803 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25804
25805 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25806 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25807
25808 \(fn)" t nil)
25809
25810 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25811 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25812
25813 \(fn)" t nil)
25814
25815 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25816 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25817 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25818 by command name.
25819 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25820
25821 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25822
25823 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25824 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25825 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25827 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25828 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25829
25830 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25831
25832 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25833 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25834 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25835 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25836 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25837
25838 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25839 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25840 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25841 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25842 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25843
25844 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25845 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25846 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25847 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25848
25849 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25850
25851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25852
25853 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25854 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25855 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25856 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25857
25858 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25859
25860 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25861 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25862
25863 \(fn)" t nil)
25864
25865 ;;;***
25866 \f
25867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21604 48550 305934
25868 ;;;;;; 225000))
25869 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25870
25871 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25872 Studlify-case the region.
25873
25874 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25875
25876 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25877 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25878
25879 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25880
25881 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25882 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25883
25884 \(fn)" t nil)
25885
25886 ;;;***
25887 \f
25888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21604 48550
25889 ;;;;;; 357934 227000))
25890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25891
25892 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
25893
25894 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25895 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25896 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25897 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25898 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25899
25900 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25901 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25902 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25903 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25904
25905 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25906 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25907 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25908
25909 Nomenclature Subwords
25910 ===========================================================
25911 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25912 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25913 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25914
25915 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25916 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25917
25918 \\{subword-mode-map}
25919
25920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25921
25922 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25923 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25924 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25927 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25928
25929 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25930
25931 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25932 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25933 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25934 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25935 ARG is omitted or nil.
25936
25937 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25938 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25939 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25940
25941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25942
25943 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25944 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25945 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25946 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25947 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25948
25949 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25950 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25951 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25952 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25953
25954 \\{superword-mode-map}
25955
25956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25957
25958 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25959 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25960 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25961 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25962 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25963 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25964
25965 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25966
25967 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25968 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25969 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25970 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25971 ARG is omitted or nil.
25972
25973 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25974 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25975 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25976
25977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25978
25979 ;;;***
25980 \f
25981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21604 48550
25982 ;;;;;; 189934 221000))
25983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25984
25985 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25986 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25987 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25988 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25989 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25990 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25991 original message but it does require a few things:
25992
25993 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25994
25995 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25996 reply buffer.
25997
25998 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25999 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26000 original message.
26001
26002 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26003
26004 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26005
26006 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26007 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26008 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26009
26010 \(fn)" nil nil)
26011
26012 ;;;***
26013 \f
26014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21604 48550 385934
26015 ;;;;;; 228000))
26016 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26017
26018 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26019
26020 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26021 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26022 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26024 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26025 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26026
26027 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26028
26029 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26030 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26031 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26032 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26033 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26034
26035 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26036 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26037 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26038
26039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26040
26041 ;;;***
26042 \f
26043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21604 48550 385934 228000))
26044 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26045
26046 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26047 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26048 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26049 buffer.
26050
26051 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26052 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26053 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26054
26055 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26056
26057 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26058 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26059 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26060 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26061 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26062 buffer.
26063
26064 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26065 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26066 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26067
26068 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26069
26070 ;;;***
26071 \f
26072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21604 48550 409934
26073 ;;;;;; 229000))
26074 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26075
26076 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26077 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26078 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26079
26080 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26081
26082 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26083 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26084
26085 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26086
26087 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26088 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26089
26090 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26091
26092 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26093 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26094
26095 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26096
26097 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26098 Insert an editable text table.
26099 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26100 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26101 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26102 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26103 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26104 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26105 delimiting them.
26106
26107 Examples:
26108
26109 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26110
26111 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26112 location of point.
26113
26114 -!-
26115
26116 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26117 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26118 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26119 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26120 first cell.
26121
26122 +-----+-----+-----+
26123 |-!- | | |
26124 +-----+-----+-----+
26125
26126 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26127
26128 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26129 width, which results as
26130
26131 +--------------+-----+-----+
26132 |-!- | | |
26133 +--------------+-----+-----+
26134
26135 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26136 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26137
26138 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26139 | | |-!- |
26140 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26141
26142 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26143 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26144 width information to `table-insert'.
26145
26146 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26147
26148 instead of
26149
26150 Cell width(s): 5
26151
26152 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26153 work all together.
26154
26155 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26156 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26157
26158 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26159 |-!- | | |
26160 | | | |
26161 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26162
26163 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26164
26165 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26166 |-!- | | |
26167 | | | |
26168 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26169 | | | |
26170 | | | |
26171 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26172
26173 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26174
26175 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26176 | | | |
26177 | | | |
26178 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26179 | | | |
26180 | | | |
26181 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26182 -!-
26183
26184 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26185 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26186 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26187
26188 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26189 | | | |
26190 | | | |
26191 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26192 | | | |
26193 | | | |
26194 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26195 |-!- | | |
26196 | | | |
26197 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26198
26199 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26200 results.
26201
26202 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26203 | | | |
26204 | | | |
26205 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26206 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26207 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26208 | | |expected results.-!- |
26209 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26210 | | | |
26211 | | | |
26212 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26213
26214 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26215
26216 \\{table-cell-map}
26217
26218 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26219
26220 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26221 Insert N table row(s).
26222 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26223 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26224 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26225 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26226
26227 \(fn N)" t nil)
26228
26229 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26230 Insert N table column(s).
26231 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26232 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26233 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26234 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26235
26236 \(fn N)" t nil)
26237
26238 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26239 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26240 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26241
26242 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26243
26244 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26245 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26246 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26247 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26248 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26249 all the table specific features.
26250
26251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26252
26253 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26254
26255
26256 \(fn)" t nil)
26257
26258 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26259 Recognize all tables within region.
26260 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26261 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26262 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26263 specific features.
26264
26265 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26266
26267 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26268
26269
26270 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26273 Recognize a table at point.
26274 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26275 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26276 the table specific features.
26277
26278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26279
26280 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26281
26282
26283 \(fn)" t nil)
26284
26285 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26286 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26287 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26288 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26289 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26290 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26291 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26292
26293 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26294
26295 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26296
26297
26298 \(fn)" t nil)
26299
26300 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26301 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26302 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26303 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26304 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26305 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26306 specified.
26307
26308 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26309
26310 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26311 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26312 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26313 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26314 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26315 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26316 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26317 table structure.
26318
26319 \(fn N)" t nil)
26320
26321 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26322 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26323 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26324 table's rectangle structure.
26325
26326 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26327
26328 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26329 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26330 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26331 table's rectangle structure.
26332
26333 \(fn N)" t nil)
26334
26335 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26336 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26337 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26338 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26339 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26340
26341 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26342
26343 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26344 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26345 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26346
26347 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26348 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26349 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26350 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26351 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26352 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26353 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26354
26355 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26356 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26357 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26358 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26359 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26360 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26361 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26362
26363 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26364 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26365 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26366 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26367 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26368 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26369 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26370 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26371
26372 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26373
26374 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26375 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26376 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26377 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26378
26379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26380
26381 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26382 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26383 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26384
26385 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26386
26387 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26388 Split current cell vertically.
26389 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26390
26391 \(fn)" t nil)
26392
26393 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26394 Split current cell horizontally.
26395 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26396
26397 \(fn)" t nil)
26398
26399 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26400 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26401 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26402
26403 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26404
26405 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26406 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26407 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26408 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26409
26410 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26411
26412 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26413 Justify cell contents.
26414 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26415 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26416 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26417 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26418
26419 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26420
26421 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26422 Justify cells of a row.
26423 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26424 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26425
26426 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26427
26428 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26429 Justify cells of a column.
26430 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26431 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26432
26433 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26434
26435 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26436 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26437 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26438 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26439 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26440 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26441 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26442 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26443 run-time.
26444
26445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26446
26447 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26448 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26449 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26450 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26451 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26452 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26453 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26454 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26455 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26456 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26457 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26458
26459 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26460
26461 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26462 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26463 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26464 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26465 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26466 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26467 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26468 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26469 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26470 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26471 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26472 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26473 untouched.
26474
26475 References used for this implementation:
26476
26477 HTML:
26478 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26479
26480 LaTeX:
26481 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26482
26483 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26484 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26485 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26486
26487 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26488
26489 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26490 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26491 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26492 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26493 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26494 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26495 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26496 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26497 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26498 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26499 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26500 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26501 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26502 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26503 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26504 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26505 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26506
26507 Example:
26508
26509 (progn
26510 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26511 (table-forward-cell 15)
26512 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26513 (table-forward-cell 16)
26514 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26515 (table-forward-cell 1)
26516 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26517
26518 (progn
26519 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26520 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26521 (table-forward-cell 1)
26522 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26523
26524 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26525
26526 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26527 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26528 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26529 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26530 consists from cells of same height.
26531
26532 \(fn N)" t nil)
26533
26534 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26535 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26536 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26537 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26538 column must consists from cells of same width.
26539
26540 \(fn N)" t nil)
26541
26542 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26543 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26544 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26545 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26546 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26547 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26548 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26549 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26550 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26551 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26552 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26553 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26554 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26555 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26556 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26557
26558
26559 Example 1:
26560
26561 1, 2, 3, 4
26562 5, 6, 7, 8
26563 , 9, 10
26564
26565 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26566 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26567 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26568 specified as 5.
26569
26570 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26571 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26572 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26573 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26574 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26575 | | 9 | 10 | |
26576 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26577
26578 Note:
26579
26580 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26581 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26582 of each row is optional.
26583
26584
26585 Example 2:
26586
26587 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26588 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26589 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26590 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26591 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26592
26593 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26594 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26595
26596 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26597 expression and raw delimiter regular
26598 expression, it parses the specified text
26599 area and extracts cell items from
26600 non-table text and then forms a table out
26601 of them.
26602
26603 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26604 creates a single cell table. The text in
26605 the specified region is placed in that
26606 cell.-*-
26607
26608 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26609 like this.
26610
26611 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26612 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26613 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26614 | |
26615 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26616 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26617 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26618 | area and extracts cell items from |
26619 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26620 | of them. |
26621 | |
26622 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26623 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26624 | the specified region is placed in that |
26625 | cell. |
26626 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26627
26628 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26629 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26630 independently.
26631
26632 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26633 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26634 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26635 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26636 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26637 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26638 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26639 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26640 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26641 | |of them. |
26642 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26643 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26644 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26645 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26646 | |cell. |
26647 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26648
26649 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26650 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26651 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26652
26653 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26654
26655 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26656 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26657 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26658 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26659 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26660
26661 \(fn)" t nil)
26662
26663 ;;;***
26664 \f
26665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21604 48550 385934 228000))
26666 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26667
26668 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26669 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26670
26671 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26672
26673 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26674 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26675
26676 \(fn)" t nil)
26677
26678 ;;;***
26679 \f
26680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21604 48550 385934
26681 ;;;;;; 228000))
26682 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26683
26684 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26685 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26686 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26687 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26688 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26689 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26690 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26691
26692 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26693 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26694 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26695 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26696
26697 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26698 \\{tar-mode-map}
26699
26700 \(fn)" t nil)
26701
26702 ;;;***
26703 \f
26704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21604 48550 357934
26705 ;;;;;; 227000))
26706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26707
26708 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26709 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26710 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26711 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26712 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26713 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26714
26715 Variables controlling indentation style:
26716 `tcl-indent-level'
26717 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26718 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26719 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26720
26721 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26722 documentation for details):
26723 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26724 Controls action of TAB key.
26725 `tcl-auto-newline'
26726 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26727 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26728 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26729 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26730 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26731
26732 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26733 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26734 already exist.
26735
26736 \(fn)" t nil)
26737
26738 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26739 Run inferior Tcl process.
26740 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26741 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26742
26743 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26744
26745 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26746 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26747 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26748
26749 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26750
26751 ;;;***
26752 \f
26753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21604 48550 225934
26754 ;;;;;; 222000))
26755 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26756
26757 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26758 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26759 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26760 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26761
26762 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26763 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26764 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26765 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26766 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26767
26768 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26769
26770 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26771 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26772 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26773 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26774
26775 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26776
26777 ;;;***
26778 \f
26779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21604 48550 385934 228000))
26780 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26781
26782 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26783 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26784 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26785 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26786 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26787 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26788
26789 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26790
26791 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26792 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26793 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26794 commands to use in that buffer.
26795
26796 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26797
26798 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26799
26800 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26801 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26802
26803 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26804
26805 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26806 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26807 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26808 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26809 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26810 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26811 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26812 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26813 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26814 use in that buffer.
26815 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26816
26817 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26818
26819 ;;;***
26820 \f
26821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21604
26822 ;;;;;; 48550 25934 215000))
26823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26824
26825 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26826 Start coverage on function under point.
26827
26828 \(fn)" t nil)
26829
26830 ;;;***
26831 \f
26832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21604 48550 305934
26833 ;;;;;; 225000))
26834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26835 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26836
26837 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26838 Play the Tetris game.
26839 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26840 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26841 as to form complete rows.
26842
26843 tetris-mode keybindings:
26844 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26845 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26846 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26847 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26848 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26849 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26850 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26851 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26852 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26853
26854 \(fn)" t nil)
26855
26856 ;;;***
26857 \f
26858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21647 39327
26859 ;;;;;; 896553 751000))
26860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26861
26862 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26863 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26864
26865 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26866
26867 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26868 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26869 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26870 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26871 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26872
26873 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26874
26875 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26876 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26877 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26878 if it matches the first line of the file,
26879 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26880
26881 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26882
26883 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26884 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26885 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26886 if the variable is non-nil.")
26887
26888 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26889
26890 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26891 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26892
26893 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26894
26895 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26896 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26897 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26898 See the documentation of that variable.")
26899
26900 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26901
26902 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26903 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26904 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26905 See the documentation of that variable.")
26906
26907 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26908
26909 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26910 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26911 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26912 See the documentation of that variable.")
26913
26914 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26915
26916 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26917 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26918 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26919 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26920 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26923
26924 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26925 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26926 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26927 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26928
26929 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26930
26931 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26932 User defined LaTeX block names.
26933 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26934
26935 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26936
26937 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26938 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26939 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26940 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26941
26942 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26943
26944 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26945 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26946 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26947 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26948
26949 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26950
26951 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26952 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26953 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26954 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26955
26956 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26957 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26958 for example,
26959
26960 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26961 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26962
26963 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26964 use.")
26965
26966 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26967
26968 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26969 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26970 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26971 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26972 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26973
26974 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26975
26976 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26977
26978 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26979 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26980 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26981
26982 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26983
26984 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26985 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26986 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26987 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26988 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26989
26990 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26991
26992 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26993 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26994
26995 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26996
26997 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26998 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26999
27000 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27001
27002 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27003 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27004 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27005 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27006 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27007 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27008 says which mode to use.
27009
27010 \(fn)" t nil)
27011
27012 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27013
27014 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27015
27016 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27017
27018 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27019 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27020 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27021 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27022 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27023
27024 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27025 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27026 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27027 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27028 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27029 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27030 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27031
27032 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27033 mismatched $'s or braces.
27034
27035 Special commands:
27036 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27037
27038 Mode variables:
27039 tex-run-command
27040 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27041 tex-directory
27042 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27043 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27044 tex-dvi-print-command
27045 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27046 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27047 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27048 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27049 tex-dvi-view-command
27050 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27051 tex-show-queue-command
27052 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27053 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27054
27055 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27056 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27057 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27058
27059 \(fn)" t nil)
27060
27061 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27062 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27063 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27064 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27065 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27066
27067 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27068 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27069 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27070 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27071 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27072 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27073 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27074
27075 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27076 mismatched $'s or braces.
27077
27078 Special commands:
27079 \\{latex-mode-map}
27080
27081 Mode variables:
27082 latex-run-command
27083 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27084 tex-directory
27085 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27086 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27087 tex-dvi-print-command
27088 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27089 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27090 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27091 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27092 tex-dvi-view-command
27093 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27094 tex-show-queue-command
27095 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27096 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27097
27098 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27099 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27100 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27101
27102 \(fn)" t nil)
27103
27104 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27105 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27106 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27107 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27108 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27109
27110 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27111 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27112 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27113 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27114 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27115 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27116 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27117
27118 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27119 mismatched $'s or braces.
27120
27121 Special commands:
27122 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27123
27124 Mode variables:
27125 slitex-run-command
27126 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27127 tex-directory
27128 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27129 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27130 tex-dvi-print-command
27131 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27132 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27133 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27134 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27135 tex-dvi-view-command
27136 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27137 tex-show-queue-command
27138 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27139 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27140
27141 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27142 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27143 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27144 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27145
27146 \(fn)" t nil)
27147
27148 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27149
27150
27151 \(fn)" nil nil)
27152
27153 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27154 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27155
27156 \(fn)" t nil)
27157
27158 ;;;***
27159 \f
27160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21604 48550
27161 ;;;;;; 409934 229000))
27162 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27163
27164 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27165 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27166 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27167 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27168
27169 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27170 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27171 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27172
27173 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27174
27175 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27176 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27177 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27178 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27179 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27180
27181 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27182
27183 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27184 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27185 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27186 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27187
27188 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27189 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27190 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27191 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27192
27193 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27194 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27195
27196 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27197
27198 ;;;***
27199 \f
27200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21604 48550
27201 ;;;;;; 409934 229000))
27202 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27203
27204 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27205 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27206
27207 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27208
27209 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27210 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27211
27212 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27213
27214 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27215 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27216
27217 It has these extra commands:
27218 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27219
27220 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27221 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27222 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27223 modified version of TeX input format.
27224
27225 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27226 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27227 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27228 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27229
27230 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27231 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27232 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27233 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27234 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27235 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27236 in the Texinfo file.
27237
27238 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27239 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27240 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27241 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27242 move forward past the closing brace.
27243
27244 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27245 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27246
27247 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27248 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27249 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27250
27251 Here are the functions:
27252
27253 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27254 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27255 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27256
27257 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27258 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27259 texinfo-master-menu
27260
27261 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27262
27263 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27264 which menu descriptions are indented.
27265
27266 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27267 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27268 in the region.
27269
27270 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27271 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27272 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27273 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27274
27275 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27276 be the first node in the file.
27277
27278 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27279 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27280
27281 \(fn)" t nil)
27282
27283 ;;;***
27284 \f
27285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21604
27286 ;;;;;; 48550 153934 219000))
27287 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27288
27289 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27290 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27291 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27292 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27293
27294 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27295
27296 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27297 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27298
27299 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27300
27301 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27302 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27303
27304 \(fn)" t nil)
27305
27306 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27307
27308
27309 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27310
27311 ;;;***
27312 \f
27313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21604 48550 413934
27314 ;;;;;; 229000))
27315 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27316
27317 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27318 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27319 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27320 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27321 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27322 `line', and `page'.
27323
27324 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27325
27326 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27327 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27328 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27329 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27330 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27331 `line', and `page'.
27332
27333 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27334 valid THING.
27335
27336 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27337 positions of the thing found.
27338
27339 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27340
27341 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27342 Return the THING at point.
27343 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27344 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27345 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27346 `line', `number', and `page'.
27347
27348 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27349 strip text properties from the return value.
27350
27351 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27352 a symbol as a valid THING.
27353
27354 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27355
27356 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27357 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27358
27359 \(fn)" nil nil)
27360
27361 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27362 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27363
27364 \(fn)" nil nil)
27365
27366 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27367 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27368
27369 \(fn)" nil nil)
27370
27371 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27372 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27373
27374 \(fn)" nil nil)
27375
27376 ;;;***
27377 \f
27378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21604 48550 413934 229000))
27379 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27380
27381 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27382 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27383
27384 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27385
27386 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27387 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27388 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27389 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27390
27391 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27392
27393 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27394 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27395
27396 \(fn)" t nil)
27397
27398 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27399 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27400
27401 \(fn)" t nil)
27402
27403 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27404
27405 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27406 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27407
27408 \(fn)" t nil)
27409
27410 ;;;***
27411 \f
27412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21604
27413 ;;;;;; 48550 157934 220000))
27414 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27415
27416 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27417 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27418 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27419
27420 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27421
27422 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27423 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27424
27425 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27426
27427 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27428 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27429 The returned string has no composition information.
27430
27431 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27432
27433 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27434 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27435
27436 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27437
27438 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27439 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27440
27441 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27442
27443 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27444 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27445 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27446 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27447
27448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27449
27450 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27451 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27452 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27453 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27454
27455 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27456
27457 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27458 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27459 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27460
27461 \(fn)" t nil)
27462
27463 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27464 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27465 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27466
27467 \(fn)" t nil)
27468
27469 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27470
27471
27472 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27473
27474 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27475
27476
27477 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27478
27479 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27480
27481
27482 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27483
27484 ;;;***
27485 \f
27486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21631 35966
27487 ;;;;;; 919121 870000))
27488 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27489 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5 7)) package--builtin-versions)
27490
27491 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27492 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27493 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27494 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27495 parameters.
27496 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27497 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27498 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27499
27500 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27501
27502 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27503 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27504 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27505 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27506 parameters.
27507 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27508 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27509 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27510
27511 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27512
27513 ;;;***
27514 \f
27515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21604 48550 413934 229000))
27516 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27517
27518 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27519 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27520
27521 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27522 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27523
27524 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27525 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27526 This display updates automatically every minute.
27527 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27528 are displayed as well.
27529 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27530
27531 \(fn)" t nil)
27532
27533 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27534 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27535 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27538 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27539
27540 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27541
27542 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27543 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27545 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27546 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27547
27548 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27549 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27550 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27551 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27552 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27553
27554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27555
27556 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27557 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27558 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27559 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27560
27561 \(fn)" t nil)
27562
27563 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27564 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27565 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27566 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27567
27568 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27569
27570 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27571 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27572
27573 \(fn)" t nil)
27574
27575 ;;;***
27576 \f
27577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21631
27578 ;;;;;; 35966 803121 866000))
27579 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27580
27581 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27582 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27583 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27584
27585 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27586 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27587 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27588 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27589 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27590 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27591
27592 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27593 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27594
27595 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27596
27597 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27598 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27599
27600 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27601
27602 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27603 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27604 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27605
27606 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27607
27608 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27609 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27610 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27611 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27612
27613 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27614 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27615 DATE should be a date-time string.
27616
27617 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27618
27619 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27620 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27621 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27622
27623 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27624
27625 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27626 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27627
27628 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27629
27630 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27631 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27632
27633 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27634
27635 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27636 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27637 TIME should be a time value.
27638 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27639
27640 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27641
27642 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27643 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27644 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27645
27646 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27647
27648 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27649 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27650 The valid format specifiers are:
27651 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27652 %d is the number of days.
27653 %h is the number of hours.
27654 %m is the number of minutes.
27655 %s is the number of seconds.
27656 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27657 %% is a literal \"%\".
27658
27659 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27660 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27661
27662 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27663 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27664 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27665
27666 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27667 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27668 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27669
27670 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27671
27672 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27673
27674 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27675 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27676
27677 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27678
27679 ;;;***
27680 \f
27681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21604 48550 413934
27682 ;;;;;; 229000))
27683 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27684 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27685 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27686 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27687 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27688 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27689 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27690 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27691 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27692
27693 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27694 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27695 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27696 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27697 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27698 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27699 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27700 look like one of the following:
27701 Time-stamp: <>
27702 Time-stamp: \" \"
27703 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27704 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27705 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27706 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27707 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27708 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27709 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27710 the template.
27711
27712 \(fn)" t nil)
27713
27714 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27715 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27716 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27717
27718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27719
27720 ;;;***
27721 \f
27722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21604
27723 ;;;;;; 48549 957934 212000))
27724 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27725 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27726
27727 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27728 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27729 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27732 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27733
27734 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27735
27736 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27737 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27738 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27739 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27740 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27741 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27742 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27743 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27744 display (non-nil means on).
27745
27746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27747
27748 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27749 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27750 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27751 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27752 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27753 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27754 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27755 this function is called within a day.
27756
27757 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27758 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27759 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27760 discover the name of the project.
27761
27762 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27763
27764 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27765 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27766 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27767 begun during the last time segment.
27768
27769 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27770 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27771 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27772 discover the reason.
27773
27774 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27775
27776 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27777 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27778 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27779 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27780 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27781
27782 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27783
27784 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27785 Change to working on a different project.
27786 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27787 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27788 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27789 working on.
27790
27791 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27792
27793 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27794 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27795 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27796
27797 \(fn)" nil nil)
27798
27799 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27800 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27801 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27802
27803 \(fn)" t nil)
27804
27805 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27806 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27807 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27808 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27809 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27810 \"relative to today\".
27811
27812 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27813
27814 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27815 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27816 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27817 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27818
27819 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27820
27821 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27822 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27823 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27824 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27825 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27826 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27827
27828 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27829
27830 ;;;***
27831 \f
27832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27833 ;;;;;; (21604 48550 141934 219000))
27834 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27835
27836 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27837 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27838 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27839 the generated Quail package is saved.
27840
27841 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27842
27843 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27844 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27845 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27846 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27847 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27848 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27849 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27850
27851 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27852
27853 ;;;***
27854 \f
27855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21651 20707 188225 752000))
27856 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27857 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27858 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27859
27860 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27861 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27862 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27863 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27864 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27865
27866 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27867 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27868 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27869
27870 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27871
27872 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27873 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27874 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27875 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27876 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27877
27878 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27879
27880 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27881 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27882 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27883 in the menu in two ways:
27884 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27885 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27886 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27887
27888 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27889 keymap or an alist of alists.
27890 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27891 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27892
27893 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27894
27895 ;;;***
27896 \f
27897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21631
27898 ;;;;;; 35966 807121 866000))
27899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27900
27901 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27902 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27903
27904 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27905 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27906 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27907 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27908 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27909 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27910 file was last visited.
27911
27912 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27913 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27914 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27915 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27916 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27917 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27918 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27919 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27920 for the first item.
27921
27922 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27923 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27924 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27925 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27926 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27927 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27928 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27929 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27930
27931 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27932 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27933 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27934 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27935 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27936
27937 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27938 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27939
27940 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27941
27942 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27943 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27944
27945 \\{todo-mode-map}
27946
27947 \(fn)" t nil)
27948
27949 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27950 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27951
27952 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27953
27954 \(fn)" t nil)
27955
27956 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27957 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27958
27959 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27960
27961 \(fn)" t nil)
27962
27963 ;;;***
27964 \f
27965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21604 48550 413934
27966 ;;;;;; 229000))
27967 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27968
27969 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27970 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27971 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27972
27973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27974
27975 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27976 Add an item to the tool bar.
27977 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27978 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27979 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27980 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27981
27982 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27983 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27984 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27985 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27986
27987 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27988 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27989
27990 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27991
27992 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27993 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27994 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27995 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27996 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27997 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27998
27999 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28000 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28001 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28002 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28003
28004 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28005
28006 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28007 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28008 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28009 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28010 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28011 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28012 properties to add to the binding.
28013
28014 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28015
28016 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28017 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28018
28019 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28020
28021 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28022 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28023 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28024 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28025 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28026 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28027 properties to add to the binding.
28028
28029 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28030 holds a keymap.
28031
28032 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28033
28034 ;;;***
28035 \f
28036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21604 48550 25934
28037 ;;;;;; 215000))
28038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28039
28040 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28041 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28042 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28043 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28044 to a tcp server on another machine.
28045
28046 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28047
28048 ;;;***
28049 \f
28050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21604 48550
28051 ;;;;;; 25934 215000))
28052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28053
28054 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28055 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28056
28057 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28058
28059 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28060 Helper function to get internal values.
28061 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28062
28063 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28064
28065 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28066 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28067 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28068 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28069
28070 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28071 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28072 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28073 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28074 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28075
28076 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28077 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28078 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28079 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28080
28081 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28082
28083 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28084
28085 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28086 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28087 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28088 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28089
28090 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28091
28092 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28093
28094 ;;;***
28095 \f
28096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21640 32530 974334
28097 ;;;;;; 457000))
28098 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28099
28100 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28101 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28102 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28103
28104 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28105
28106 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28107 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28108
28109 It can have the following values:
28110
28111 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28112 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28113
28114 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28115
28116 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28117 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28118 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28119 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28120
28121 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28122
28123 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28124 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28125 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28126 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28127
28128 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28129 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28130 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28131 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28132 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28133 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28134 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28135 files which are not really Tramp files.
28136
28137 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28138 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28139 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28140 updated after changing this variable.
28141
28142 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28143
28144 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28145 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28146 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28147 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28148
28149 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28150
28151 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28152 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28153 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28154 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28155
28156 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28157 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28158 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28159
28160 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28161 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28162 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28163 updated after changing this variable.
28164
28165 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28166
28167 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28168 Alist of completion handler functions.
28169 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28170 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28171 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28172
28173 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28174 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28175 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28176 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28177
28178 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28179 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28180 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28181
28182 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28183 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28184
28185 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28186 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28187
28188 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28189
28190 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28191
28192
28193 \(fn)" nil nil)
28194
28195 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28196 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28197
28198 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28199
28200 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28201 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28202
28203 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28204
28205 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28206 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28207
28208 \(fn)" t nil)
28209
28210 ;;;***
28211 \f
28212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21604 48550
28213 ;;;;;; 225934 222000))
28214 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28215
28216 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28217
28218
28219 \(fn)" nil nil)
28220
28221 ;;;***
28222 \f
28223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21604 48550 417934
28224 ;;;;;; 229000))
28225 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28226
28227 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28228 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28229 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28230 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28231 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28232 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28233 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28234 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28235
28236 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28237 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28238 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28239
28240 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28241 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28242 resumed later.
28243
28244 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28245
28246 ;;;***
28247 \f
28248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21604 48550
28249 ;;;;;; 157934 220000))
28250 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28251
28252 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28253
28254
28255 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28256
28257 ;;;***
28258 \f
28259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21604
28260 ;;;;;; 48550 413934 229000))
28261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28262 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28263 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28264 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28265
28266 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28267 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28268 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28269 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28270 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28271 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28272 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28273
28274 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28275
28276 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28277 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28278 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28279 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28280
28281 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28282
28283 \(fn)" t nil)
28284
28285 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28286 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28287 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28288 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28289 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28290 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28291 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28292
28293 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28294 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28295
28296 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28297 \\___/\\
28298 / \\
28299 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28300
28301 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28302
28303 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28304
28305 ;;;***
28306 \f
28307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21631 35966 919121
28308 ;;;;;; 870000))
28309 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28310
28311 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28312 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28313 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28315 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28316 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28317
28318 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28319
28320 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28321 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28322 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28323
28324 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28325 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28326 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28327 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28328 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28329 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28330 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28331
28332 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28333 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28334
28335 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28336 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28337 reset the keystroke counter.
28338
28339 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28340 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28341 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28342 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28343
28344 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28345 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28346 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28347 `type-break-schedule' command.
28348
28349 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28350 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28351 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28352 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28353 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28354 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28355 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28356 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28357 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28358
28359 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28360 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28361 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28362 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28363 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28364
28365 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28366 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28367 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28368 approximate good values for this.
28369
28370 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28371 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28372
28373 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28374 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28375 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28376 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28377 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28378 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28379
28380 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28381 a typing break occur. They include:
28382
28383 `type-break-query-mode'
28384 `type-break-query-function'
28385 `type-break-query-interval'
28386
28387 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28388
28389 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28390 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28391 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28392 problems.
28393
28394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28395
28396 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28397 Take a typing break.
28398
28399 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28400 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28401
28402 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28403 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28404
28405 \(fn)" t nil)
28406
28407 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28408 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28409 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28410 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28411
28412 \(fn)" t nil)
28413
28414 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28415 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28416
28417 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28418 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28419 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28420 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28421 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28422 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28423 average typing speed.)
28424
28425 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28426 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28427 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28428 the computed maximum threshold.
28429
28430 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28431 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28432 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28433 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28434 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28435
28436 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28437
28438 ;;;***
28439 \f
28440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21604 48550 189934 221000))
28441 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28442
28443 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28444 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28445 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28446 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28447 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28448
28449 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28450
28451 ;;;***
28452 \f
28453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28454 ;;;;;; (21604 48550 141934 219000))
28455 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28456
28457 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28458 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28459
28460 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28461
28462 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28463 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28464
28465 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28466
28467 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28468 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28469
28470 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28471
28472 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28473 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28474
28475 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28476
28477 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28478 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28479
28480 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28481
28482 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28483 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28484
28485 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28486
28487 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28488 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28489
28490 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28491
28492 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28493 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28494
28495 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28496
28497 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28498 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28499
28500 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28501
28502 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28503 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28504
28505 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28506
28507 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28508 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28509
28510 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28511
28512 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28513 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28514
28515 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28516
28517 ;;;***
28518 \f
28519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21604
28520 ;;;;;; 48550 413934 229000))
28521 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28522
28523 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28524 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28525 Works by overstriking underscores.
28526 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28527 which specify the range to operate on.
28528
28529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28530
28531 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28532 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28533 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28534 which specify the range to operate on.
28535
28536 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28537
28538 ;;;***
28539 \f
28540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21604 48550 189934
28541 ;;;;;; 221000))
28542 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28543
28544 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28545 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28546 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28547 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28548 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28549 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28550
28551 \(fn)" nil nil)
28552
28553 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28554 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28555 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28556
28557 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28558
28559 ;;;***
28560 \f
28561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21604 48550
28562 ;;;;;; 25934 215000))
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28564
28565 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28566 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28567 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28568 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28569
28570 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28571
28572 ;;;***
28573 \f
28574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21604 48550 421934 229000))
28575 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28576
28577 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28578 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28579 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28580 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28581 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28582
28583 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28584 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28585 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28586 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28587 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28588 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28589
28590 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28591 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28592 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28593
28594 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28595 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28596 the callback is not called).
28597
28598 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28599 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28600 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28601 take effect.
28602
28603 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28604 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28605 the server.
28606 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28607 URL-encoded before it's used.
28608
28609 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28610
28611 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28612 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28613 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28614 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28615 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28616
28617 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28618
28619 ;;;***
28620 \f
28621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21604 48550 417934
28622 ;;;;;; 229000))
28623 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28624
28625 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28626 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28627 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28628
28629 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28630 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28631 `url-generic-parse-url'
28632 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28633 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28634 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28635 realm
28636 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28637 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28638 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28639 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28640 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28641 what type of auth to use
28642 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28643 if one cannot be found in the cache
28644
28645 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28646
28647 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28648 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28649
28650 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28651 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28652 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28653 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28654 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28655 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28656 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28657 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28658
28659 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28660
28661 ;;;***
28662 \f
28663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21604 48550
28664 ;;;;;; 417934 229000))
28665 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28666
28667 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28668 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28669
28670 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28671
28672 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28673 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28674 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28675
28676 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28677
28678 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28679 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28680
28681 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28682
28683 ;;;***
28684 \f
28685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21604 48550 417934
28686 ;;;;;; 229000))
28687 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28688
28689 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28690
28691
28692 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28693
28694 ;;;***
28695 \f
28696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21637 50476 683217
28697 ;;;;;; 122000))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28699
28700 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28701 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28702 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28703
28704 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28705
28706 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28707 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28708 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28709 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28710
28711 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28712 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28713 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28714 though.
28715
28716 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28717
28718 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28719 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28720 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28721
28722 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28723
28724 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28725
28726
28727 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28728
28729 ;;;***
28730 \f
28731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21604 48550 417934
28732 ;;;;;; 229000))
28733 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28734
28735 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28736 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28737
28738 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28739
28740 ;;;***
28741 \f
28742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21604 48550 417934
28743 ;;;;;; 229000))
28744 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28745
28746 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28747 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28748
28749 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28750
28751 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28752 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28753 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28754 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28755 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28756
28757 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28758 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28759
28760 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28761
28762 ;;;***
28763 \f
28764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21604
28765 ;;;;;; 48550 417934 229000))
28766 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28767
28768 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28769 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28770 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28773 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28774
28775 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28776
28777 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28778 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28782
28783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28784
28785 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28786 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28787 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28788 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28789
28790 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28791
28792 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28793 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28794 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28795 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28796 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28797 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28798 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28799 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28800 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28801 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28802
28803 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28804
28805 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28806 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28807 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28808 accessible.
28809
28810 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28811
28812 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28813
28814
28815 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28816
28817 ;;;***
28818 \f
28819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21640 32530 998334
28820 ;;;;;; 458000))
28821 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28822 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28823
28824 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28825 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28826 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28827 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28828 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28829
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21604 48550 421934
28833 ;;;;;; 229000))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28835
28836 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28837
28838
28839 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28840
28841 ;;;***
28842 \f
28843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21604 48550 421934
28844 ;;;;;; 229000))
28845 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28846
28847 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28848 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28849 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28850 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28851 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28852
28853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28854
28855 ;;;***
28856 \f
28857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21604 48550
28858 ;;;;;; 421934 229000))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28860
28861 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28862
28863
28864 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28865
28866 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28867 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28868
28869 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28870
28871 ;;;***
28872 \f
28873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21604 48550 421934
28874 ;;;;;; 229000))
28875 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28876
28877 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28878 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28879
28880 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28881
28882 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28883 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28884
28885 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28886
28887 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28888
28889
28890 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28891
28892 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28893
28894 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28895
28896 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28897
28898 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28899 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28900
28901 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28902
28903 ;;;***
28904 \f
28905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21604 48550 421934
28906 ;;;;;; 229000))
28907 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28908
28909 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28910
28911
28912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28913
28914 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28915
28916
28917 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28918
28919 ;;;***
28920 \f
28921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21604 48550 421934
28922 ;;;;;; 229000))
28923 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28924
28925 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28926
28927
28928 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28929
28930 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28931
28932
28933 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28934
28935 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28936
28937
28938 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28939
28940 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28941
28942
28943 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28944
28945 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28946
28947
28948 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28949
28950 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28951
28952
28953 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28954
28955 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28956
28957
28958 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28959
28960 ;;;***
28961 \f
28962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21604 48550
28963 ;;;;;; 421934 229000))
28964 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28965
28966 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28967 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28968
28969 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28970
28971 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28972 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28973 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28974
28975 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28976 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28977 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28978 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28979 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28980 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28981 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28982 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28983 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28984 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28985 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28986 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28987 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28988 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28989
28990 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28991 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28992 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28993
28994 Here is an example. The URL
28995
28996 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28997
28998 parses to
28999
29000 TYPE = \"foo\"
29001 USER = \"bob\"
29002 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29003 HOST = \"example.com\"
29004 PORTSPEC = 42
29005 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29006 TARGET = \"nose\"
29007 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29008 FULLNESS = t
29009
29010 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29011
29012 ;;;***
29013 \f
29014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21604 48550
29015 ;;;;;; 421934 229000))
29016 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29017
29018 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29019 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29020
29021 \(fn)" t nil)
29022
29023 ;;;***
29024 \f
29025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21631 35966
29026 ;;;;;; 919121 870000))
29027 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29028
29029 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29030 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29031 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29032 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29033 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29034 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29035
29036 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29037
29038 ;;;***
29039 \f
29040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21604 48550
29041 ;;;;;; 421934 229000))
29042 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29043
29044 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29045 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29046 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29047
29048 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29049
29050 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29051 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29052 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29053 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29054
29055 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29056
29057 ;;;***
29058 \f
29059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21604 48550 421934
29060 ;;;;;; 229000))
29061 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29062
29063 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29064 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29065 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29066
29067 If t, all messages will be logged.
29068 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29069 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29070
29071 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29072
29073 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29074
29075
29076 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29077
29078 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29079
29080
29081 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29082
29083 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29084 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29085 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29086 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29087 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29088 & ==> &amp;
29089 < ==> &lt;
29090 > ==> &gt;
29091 \" ==> &quot;
29092
29093 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29094
29095 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29096 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29097 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29098
29099 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29100
29101 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29102 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29103 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29104
29105 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29106
29107 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29108 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29109
29110 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29111
29112 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29113 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29114
29115 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29116
29117 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29118 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29119
29120 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29121
29122 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29123
29124
29125 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29126
29127 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29128
29129
29130 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29131
29132 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29133
29134 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29135 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29136
29137 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29138
29139 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29140 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29141
29142 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29143
29144 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29145
29146
29147 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29148
29149 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29150 Build a query-string.
29151
29152 Given a QUERY in the form:
29153 '((key1 val1)
29154 (key2 val2)
29155 (key3 val1 val2)
29156 (key4)
29157 (key5 \"\"))
29158
29159 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29160
29161 This will return a string
29162 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29163 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29164 be used.
29165
29166 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29167
29168 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29169 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29170
29171 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29172
29173 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29174 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29175 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29176 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29177 forbidden in URL encoding.
29178
29179 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29180
29181 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29182 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29183 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29184 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29185 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29186 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29187
29188 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29189 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29190 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29191 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29192
29193 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29194
29195 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29196 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29197 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29198 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29199 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29200 should return it unchanged.
29201
29202 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29203
29204 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29205 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29206 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29207 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29208
29209 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29210
29211 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29212 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29213 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29214
29215 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29216
29217 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29218 View the current document's URL.
29219 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29220 the minibuffer.
29221
29222 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29223
29224 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29225
29226 ;;;***
29227 \f
29228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21604 48550 421934
29229 ;;;;;; 229000))
29230 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29231
29232 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29233 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29234 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29235 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29236 to refrain from editing the file
29237 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29238 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29239 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29240 in any way you like.
29241
29242 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29243
29244 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29245 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29246 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29247 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29248 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29249
29250 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29251 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29252
29253 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29254
29255 ;;;***
29256 \f
29257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21604 48550
29258 ;;;;;; 141934 219000))
29259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29260
29261 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29262
29263
29264 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29265
29266 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29267
29268
29269 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29270
29271 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29272
29273
29274 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29275
29276 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29277
29278
29279 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29280
29281 ;;;***
29282 \f
29283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21604 48550 121934 218000))
29284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29285
29286 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29287 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29288
29289 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29290
29291 ;;;***
29292 \f
29293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21604 48550
29294 ;;;;;; 189934 221000))
29295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29296
29297 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29298 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29299 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29300 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29301
29302 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29303
29304 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29305 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29306 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29307
29308 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29309
29310 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29311 Uudecode region between START and END.
29312 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29313
29314 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29315
29316 ;;;***
29317 \f
29318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21649 1806 157181 933000))
29319 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29320
29321 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29322 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29323 See `run-hooks'.")
29324
29325 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29326
29327 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29328 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29329 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29330
29331 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29332
29333 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29334 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29335 See `run-hooks'.")
29336
29337 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29338
29339 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29340 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29341 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29342 same state. If not, signal an error.
29343
29344 For merging-based version control systems:
29345 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29346 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29347 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29348 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29349 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29350 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29351
29352 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29353 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29354 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29355 the file(s) for editing.
29356 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29357 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29358 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29359 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29360 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29361
29362 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29365 Register into a version control system.
29366 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29367 Otherwise register the current file.
29368 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29369
29370 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29371 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29372 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29373 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29374 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29375 first backend that could register the file is used.
29376
29377 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29378
29379 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29380 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29381
29382 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29383
29384 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29385 Display diffs between file revisions.
29386 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29387 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29388 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29389
29390 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29391 saving the buffer.
29392
29393 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29394
29395 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29396 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29397 repository history using ediff.
29398
29399 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29400
29401 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29402 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29403 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29404 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29405 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29406
29407 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29408 saving the buffer.
29409
29410 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29411
29412 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29413 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29414 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29415 fileset with the working revision.
29416 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29417 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29418
29419 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29420 saving the buffer.
29421
29422 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29423
29424 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29425 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29426 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29427
29428 \(fn)" nil nil)
29429
29430 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29431 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29432 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29433 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29434
29435 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29436
29437 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29438 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29439 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29440 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29441
29442 \(fn)" t nil)
29443
29444 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29445 Perform a version control merge operation.
29446 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29447 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29448 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29449 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29450
29451 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29452 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29453 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29454 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29455 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29456 changes from the current branch.
29457
29458 \(fn)" t nil)
29459
29460 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29461
29462 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29463 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29464 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29465 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29466 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29467 checked out in that new branch.
29468
29469 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29470
29471 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29472 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29473 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29474 named branch in the directory DIR.
29475 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29476 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29477 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29478 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29479 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29480 allowed and simply skipped).
29481
29482 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29483
29484 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29485 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29486 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29487 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29488 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29489
29490 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29491 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29492
29493 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29494
29495 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29496 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29497 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29498 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29499 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29500
29501 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29502
29503 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29504 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29505 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29506
29507 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29508
29509 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29510 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29511 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29512
29513 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29514
29515 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29516 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29517
29518 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29519
29520 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29521 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29522 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29523 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29524
29525 \(fn)" t nil)
29526
29527 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29528
29529 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29530 Update the current fileset or branch.
29531 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29532 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29533 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29534 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29535
29536 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29537 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29538 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29539 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29540 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29541
29542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29543
29544 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29545
29546 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29547 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29548 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29549 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29550 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29551 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29552 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29553
29554 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29555
29556 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29557 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29558 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29559 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29560 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29561 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29562 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29563 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29564 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29565
29566 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29567
29568 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29569 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29570 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29571 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29572
29573 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29574
29575 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29576 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29577 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29578 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29579
29580 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29581
29582 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29583 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29584 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29585 directory.
29586
29587 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29588
29589 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29590 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29591 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29592
29593 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29594 log entries should be gathered.
29595
29596 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29597
29598 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29599 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29600
29601 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29602
29603 ;;;***
29604 \f
29605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21604 48550
29606 ;;;;;; 433934 230000))
29607 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29608
29609 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29610 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29611
29612 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29613 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29614 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29615 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29616 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29617 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29618
29619 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29620 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29621 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29622 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29623 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29624 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29625 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29626 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29627
29628 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29629
29630 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29631
29632 Customization variables:
29633
29634 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29635 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29636 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29637 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29638 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29639 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29640
29641 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29642
29643 ;;;***
29644 \f
29645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21645 25875 825189
29646 ;;;;;; 881000))
29647 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29648
29649 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29650 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29651
29652 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29653 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29654 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29655 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29656 (progn
29657 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29658 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29659
29660 ;;;***
29661 \f
29662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21645 25875 825189
29663 ;;;;;; 881000))
29664 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29665 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29666 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29667 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29668 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29669 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29670 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29671
29672 ;;;***
29673 \f
29674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21645 25761 817186
29675 ;;;;;; 828000))
29676 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29677
29678 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29679 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29680 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29681 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29682 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29683
29684 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29685 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29686 The file lines appear later.
29687
29688 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29689 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29690
29691 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29692
29693 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29694
29695 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29696
29697 ;;;***
29698 \f
29699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21645
29700 ;;;;;; 25761 817186 828000))
29701 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29702
29703 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29704 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29705 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29706 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29707 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29708 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29709 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29710 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29711 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29712 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29713 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29714 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29715 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29716 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29717 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29718
29719 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29720
29721 ;;;***
29722 \f
29723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21649 1521 25174 297000))
29724 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29725 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29726 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29727 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29728 (progn
29729 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29730 (vc-git-registered file))))
29731
29732 ;;;***
29733 \f
29734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21645 25875 841189 882000))
29735 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29736 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29737 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29738 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29739 (progn
29740 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29741 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29742
29743 ;;;***
29744 \f
29745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21645 25875 841189
29746 ;;;;;; 882000))
29747 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29748
29749 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29750 Name of the monotone directory.")
29751
29752 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29753 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29754 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29755 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29756 (progn
29757 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29758 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29759
29760 ;;;***
29761 \f
29762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21645 25875 841189
29763 ;;;;;; 882000))
29764 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29765
29766 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29767 Where to look for RCS master files.
29768 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29769
29770 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29771
29772 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29773
29774 ;;;***
29775 \f
29776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21645 25875 837189
29777 ;;;;;; 882000))
29778 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29779
29780 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29781 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29782 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29783
29784 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29785
29786 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29787
29788 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29789 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29790 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29791 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29792
29793 ;;;***
29794 \f
29795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21645 25875 837189
29796 ;;;;;; 882000))
29797 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
29798
29799 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
29800 Where to look for SRC master files.
29801 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29802
29803 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
29804
29805 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
29806
29807 ;;;***
29808 \f
29809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21650 56624 523745
29810 ;;;;;; 975000))
29811 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29812 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29813 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29814 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29815 "_svn")
29816 (t ".svn"))))
29817 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29818 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29819 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29820
29821 ;;;***
29822 \f
29823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21604
29824 ;;;;;; 48550 361934 227000))
29825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29826 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29827 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29828
29829 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29830 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29831
29832 Usage:
29833 ------
29834
29835 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29836 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29837 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29838 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29839
29840 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29841 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29842 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29843 completions.
29844
29845 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29846 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29847
29848 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29849 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29850
29851 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29852 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29853 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29854
29855 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29856
29857
29858 Maintenance:
29859 ------------
29860
29861 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29862 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29863
29864 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29865
29866 Official distribution is at
29867 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29868
29869
29870 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29871 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29872
29873 Key bindings:
29874 -------------
29875
29876 \\{vera-mode-map}
29877
29878 \(fn)" t nil)
29879
29880 ;;;***
29881 \f
29882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29883 ;;;;;; (21645 25761 813186 828000))
29884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29885
29886 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29887 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29888 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29889 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29890 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29891
29892 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29893
29894 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29895 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29896
29897 Supports highlighting.
29898
29899 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29900 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29901
29902 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29903
29904 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29905 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29906 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29907 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29908 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29909 on the left side of your screen.
29910 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29911 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29912 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29913 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29914 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29915 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29916 function keyword.
29917 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29918 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29919 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29920 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29921 if (a)
29922 begin
29923 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29924 Indentation for case statements.
29925 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29926 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29927 mark after an end.
29928 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29929 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29930 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29931 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29932 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29933 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29934 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29935 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29936 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29937 if (a)
29938 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29939 otherwise you get:
29940 if (a)
29941 begin
29942 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29943 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29944 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29945 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29946 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29947 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29948 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29949 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29950 comments in tight quarters.
29951 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29952 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29953
29954 Variables controlling other actions:
29955
29956 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29957 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29958 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29959
29960 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29961
29962 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29963
29964 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29965 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29966 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29967
29968 Some other functions are:
29969
29970 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29971 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29972 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29973 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29974 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29975
29976 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29977 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29978 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29979 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29980
29981 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29991 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29992 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29993 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29994 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29995 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29996 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30000 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30001 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30002 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30003 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30004 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30005 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30006 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30007 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30008 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30009 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30010 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30011 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30012
30013 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30014 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30015
30016 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30017
30018 \(fn)" t nil)
30019
30020 ;;;***
30021 \f
30022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21640
30023 ;;;;;; 32530 994334 458000))
30024 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30025
30026 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30027 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30028
30029 Usage:
30030 ------
30031
30032 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30033 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30034 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30035 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30036 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30037 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30038 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30039 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30040 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30041
30042 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30043 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30044 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30045 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30046
30047 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30048 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30049 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30050 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30051 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30052
30053 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30054 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30055
30056
30057 HEADER INSERTION:
30058 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30059 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30060 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30061
30062
30063 STUTTERING:
30064 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30065 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30066 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30067 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30068
30069 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30070 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30071 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30072 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30073 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30074
30075
30076 WORD COMPLETION:
30077 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30078 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30079 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30080 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30081
30082 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30083 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30084 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30085 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30086 beginning with \"std\").
30087
30088 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30089 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30090 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30091 stop.
30092
30093
30094 COMMENTS:
30095 `--' puts a single comment.
30096 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30097 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30098 with a comment in between.
30099 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30100 out following lines.
30101 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30102 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30103 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30104 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30105
30106 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30107 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30108 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30109 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30110 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30111 non-nil.
30112
30113 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30114 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30115 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30116 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30117 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30118 multi-line comments.
30119
30120
30121 INDENTATION:
30122 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30123 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30124 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30125 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30126 the entire region.
30127
30128 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30129 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30130 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30131 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30132
30133 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30134 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30135 and vice versa.
30136
30137 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30138 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30139
30140 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30141 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30142 line.
30143
30144
30145 ALIGNMENT:
30146 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30147 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30148 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30149 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30150 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30151 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30152 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30153 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30154
30155 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30156 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30157 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30158 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30159 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30160 is non-nil.
30161
30162 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30163 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30164 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30165
30166 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30167 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30168
30169
30170 CODE FILLING:
30171 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30172 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30173 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30174 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30175 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30176 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30177
30178
30179 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30180 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30181 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30182 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30183 command:
30184
30185 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30186
30187
30188 PORT TRANSLATION:
30189 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30190 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30191 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30192 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30193 internal signal initializations (menu).
30194
30195 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30196 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30197 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30198
30199 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30200 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30201 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30202 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30203 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30204 in subsequent paste operations.)
30205
30206 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30207 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30208 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30209
30210
30211 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30212 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30213 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30214 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30215 association list with formals).
30216
30217
30218 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30219 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30220 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30221 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30222 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30223 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30224 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30225 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30226 `vhdl-testbench'.
30227
30228
30229 KEY BINDINGS:
30230 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30231
30232
30233 VHDL MENU:
30234 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30235
30236
30237 FILE BROWSER:
30238 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30239 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30240 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30241
30242 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30243 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30244
30245
30246 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30247 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30248 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30249 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30250
30251 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30252 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30253 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30254
30255 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30256 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30257 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30258 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30259
30260 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30261 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30262 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30263 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30264 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30265
30266 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30267 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30268 required by secondary units.
30269
30270
30271 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30272 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30273 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30274 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30275 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30276 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30277 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30278 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30279 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30280 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30281 inputs to this component -> input port created
30282 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30283 outputs from this component -> output port created
30284 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30285 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30286
30287 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30288 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30289 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30290 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30291 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30292
30293 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30294 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30295
30296 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30297 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30298 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30299 component instantiation is also supported (option
30300 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30301
30302 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30303 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30304 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30305 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30306 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30307 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30308 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30309 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30310 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30311 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30312 generating the configuration.
30313
30314 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30315 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30316 configurations in speedbar.
30317
30318 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30319
30320
30321 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30322 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30323 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30324 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30325 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30326 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30327 information. New compilers can be added.
30328
30329 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30330 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30331
30332
30333 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30334 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30335 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30336 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30337 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30338
30339 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30340 command:
30341
30342 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30343 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30344 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30345
30346 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30347 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30348 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30349 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30350 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30351 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30352 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30353 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30354 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30355
30356 Limitations:
30357 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30358 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30359 not (yet) supported.
30360 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30361 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30362 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30363
30364
30365 PROJECTS:
30366 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30367 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30368 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30369 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30370 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30371 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30372 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30373 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30374
30375 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30376 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30377 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30378 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30379 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30380 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30381 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30382 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30383 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30384 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30385 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30386
30387
30388 SPECIAL MENUES:
30389 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30390 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30391 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30392 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30393 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30394 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30395 current directory for VHDL source files.
30396
30397
30398 VHDL STANDARDS:
30399 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30400 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30401
30402
30403 KEYWORD CASE:
30404 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30405 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30406 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30407 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30408 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30409 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30410 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30411 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30412
30413
30414 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30415 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30416 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30417 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30418 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30419 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30420 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30421
30422 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30423 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30424 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30425 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30426 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30427 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30428
30429 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30430 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30431 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30432 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30433 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30434 visually.
30435
30436 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30437 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30438 highlighted if written in lower case.
30439
30440 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30441 highlighted using a different background color if option
30442 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30443
30444 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30445 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30446 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30447 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30448 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30449
30450
30451 USER MODELS:
30452 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30453 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30454 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30455
30456
30457 HIDE/SHOW:
30458 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30459 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30460 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30461 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30462 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30463
30464
30465 CODE UPDATING:
30466 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30467 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30468 Limitations:
30469 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30470 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30471 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30472 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30473 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30474 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30475 (used to obtain the port names).
30476 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30477 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30478 sensitivity lists.
30479
30480
30481 CODE FIXING:
30482 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30483 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30484
30485
30486 PRINTING:
30487 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30488 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30489 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30490 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30491 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30492 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30493 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30494 printers.
30495
30496
30497 OPTIONS:
30498 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30499 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30500 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30501 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30502 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30503
30504 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30505 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30506 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30507 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30508 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30509 INSTALL file).
30510
30511 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30512 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30513
30514
30515 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30516 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30517 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30518 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30519
30520 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30521
30522
30523 HINTS:
30524 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30525 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30526
30527 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30528
30529 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30530
30531 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30532
30533
30534 RELEASE NOTES:
30535 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30536
30537
30538 Maintenance:
30539 ------------
30540
30541 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30542 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30543
30544 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30545
30546 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30547 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30548 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30549 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30550
30551 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30552 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30553 where the latest version can be found.
30554
30555
30556 Known problems:
30557 ---------------
30558
30559 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30560 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30561 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30562 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30563
30564
30565 The VHDL Mode Authors
30566 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30567
30568 Key bindings:
30569 -------------
30570
30571 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30572
30573 \(fn)" t nil)
30574
30575 ;;;***
30576 \f
30577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21604
30578 ;;;;;; 48550 157934 220000))
30579 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30580
30581 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30582 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30583
30584 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30585
30586 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30587 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30588 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30589 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30590
30591 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30592
30593 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30594 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30595
30596 \(fn)" t nil)
30597
30598 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30599 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30600 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30601 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30602
30603 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30604
30605 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30606 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30607
30608 \(fn)" t nil)
30609
30610 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30611
30612
30613 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30614
30615 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30616
30617
30618 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30619
30620 ;;;***
30621 \f
30622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21604 48550 437934 230000))
30623 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30624
30625 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30626 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30627 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30628
30629 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30630
30631 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30632 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30633 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30634 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30635
30636 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30637
30638 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30639 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30640
30641 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30642
30643 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30644 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30645 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30646 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30647 moving around in the buffer.
30648 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30649 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30650
30651 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30652
30653 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30654
30655 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30656 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30657 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30658 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30659
30660 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30661 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30662 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30663 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30664 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30665
30666 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30667
30668 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30669
30670 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30671 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30672 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30673 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30674 buffer.
30675
30676 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30677 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30678 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30679 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30680 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30681
30682 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30683
30684 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30685
30686 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30687 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30688 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30689 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30690 moving around in the buffer.
30691 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30692 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30693
30694 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30695
30696 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30697 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30698 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30699
30700 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30701 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30702 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30703 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30704
30705 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30706 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30707 own View-like bindings.
30708
30709 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30710
30711 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30712 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30713 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30714 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30715 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30716 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30717 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30718
30719 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30720
30721 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30722
30723 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30724 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30725 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30726
30727 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30728 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30729 own View-like bindings.
30730
30731 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30732
30733 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30734 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30735 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30736 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30737 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30738 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30739 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30740
30741 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30742
30743 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30744
30745 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30746 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30747 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30748
30749 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30750 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30751 own View-like bindings.
30752
30753 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30754
30755 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30756 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30757 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30758 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30759 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30760
30761 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30762 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30763 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30764 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30765
30766 \\<view-mode-map>
30767
30768 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30769 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30770 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30771 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30772 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30773 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30774 to a repeat count of one.
30775
30776 H, h, ? This message.
30777 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30778 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30779 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30780 > move to the end of buffer.
30781 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30782 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30783 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30784 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30785 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30786 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30787 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30788 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30789 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30790 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30791 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30792 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30793 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30794 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30795 Use this to view a changing file.
30796 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30797 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30798 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30799 . set the mark.
30800 x exchanges point and mark.
30801 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30802 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30803 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30804 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30805 ' go to position saved in character register.
30806 s do forward incremental search.
30807 r do reverse incremental search.
30808 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30809 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30810 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30811 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30812 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30813 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30814 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30815 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30816 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30817 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30818 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30819 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30820 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30821 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30822 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30823 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30824 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30825
30826 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30827 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30828 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30829 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30830 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30831 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30832 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30833 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30834 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30835
30836 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30837
30838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30839
30840 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30841 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30842 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30843 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30844 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30845 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30846 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30847 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30848 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30849
30850 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30851
30852 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30853
30854 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30855 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30856 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30857 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30858 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30859 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30860
30861 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30862 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30863 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30864
30865 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30866
30867 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30868
30869 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30870
30871 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30872 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30873
30874 \(fn)" t nil)
30875
30876 ;;;***
30877 \f
30878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21604 48550 33934
30879 ;;;;;; 215000))
30880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30881 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30882
30883 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30884 Toggle Viper on/off.
30885 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30886
30887 \(fn)" t nil)
30888
30889 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30890 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30891
30892 \(fn)" t nil)
30893
30894 ;;;***
30895 \f
30896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21604
30897 ;;;;;; 48550 25934 215000))
30898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30899
30900 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30901 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30902 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30903 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30904 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30905 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30906 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30907 the beginning of the warning.")
30908
30909 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30910 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30911 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30912 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30913 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30914 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30915 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30916 also call that function before the next warning.")
30917
30918 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30919 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30920
30921 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30922 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30923 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30924 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30925
30926 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30927 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30928 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30929 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30930 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30931 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30932
30933 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30934 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30935 Default is :warning.
30936
30937 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30938 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30939 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30940 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30941 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30942 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30943
30944 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30945 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30946 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30947
30948 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30949
30950 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30951 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30952
30953 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30954
30955 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30956 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30957 \\<special-mode-map>
30958 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30959 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30960
30961 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30962 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30963 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30964 can be whatever you like.)
30965
30966 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30967 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30968
30969 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30970 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30971 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30972 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30973 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30974
30975 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30976
30977 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30978 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30979 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30980 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30981 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30982
30983 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30984
30985 ;;;***
30986 \f
30987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21604 48550 441934 230000))
30988 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30989 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30990
30991 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30992 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30993 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30994 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30995 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30996 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30997 directories to reflect your edits.
30998
30999 See `wdired-mode'.
31000
31001 \(fn)" t nil)
31002
31003 ;;;***
31004 \f
31005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21604 48550 233934
31006 ;;;;;; 222000))
31007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31008
31009 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31010 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31011
31012 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31013 hotlist.
31014
31015 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31016 <nwv@acm.org>.
31017
31018 \(fn)" t nil)
31019
31020 ;;;***
31021 \f
31022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21604
31023 ;;;;;; 48550 365934 227000))
31024 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31025 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31026 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31027
31028 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31029
31030 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31031 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31032 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31034 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31035 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31036
31037 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31038
31039 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31040 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31042 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31043 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31044
31045 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31046 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31047 in certain major modes.
31048
31049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31050
31051 ;;;***
31052 \f
31053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21631 35966 927121
31054 ;;;;;; 870000))
31055 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31056 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31057
31058 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31059 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31061 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31062 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31063
31064 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31065 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31066
31067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31068
31069 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31070 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31071 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31072 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31073 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31074
31075 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31076 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31077 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31078 use `whitespace-mode'.
31079
31080 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31081
31082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31083
31084 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31085 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31086 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31088 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31089 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31090
31091 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31092
31093 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31094 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31096 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31097 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31098
31099 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31100 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31101
31102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31103
31104 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31105 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31106 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31108 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31109 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31110
31111 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31112
31113 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31114 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31115 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31116 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31117 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31118
31119 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31120 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31121 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31122 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31123
31124 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31125
31126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31127
31128 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31129 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31130
31131 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31132 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31133
31134 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31135 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31136
31137 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31138
31139 CHAR MEANING
31140 (VIA FACES)
31141 f toggle face visualization
31142 t toggle TAB visualization
31143 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31144 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31145 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31146 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31147 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31148 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31149 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31150 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31151 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31152 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31153 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31154 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31155 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31156 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31157 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31158 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31159
31160 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31161 T toggle TAB visualization
31162 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31163 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31164
31165 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31166 ? display brief help
31167
31168 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31169 The valid symbols are:
31170
31171 face toggle face visualization
31172 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31173 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31174 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31175 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31176 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31177 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31178 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31179 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31180 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31181 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31182 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31183 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31184 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31185 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31186 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31187 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31188 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31189
31190 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31191 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31192 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31193
31194 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31195
31196 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31197
31198 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31199
31200 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31201 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31202
31203 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31204 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31205
31206 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31207 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31208
31209 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31210
31211 CHAR MEANING
31212 (VIA FACES)
31213 f toggle face visualization
31214 t toggle TAB visualization
31215 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31216 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31217 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31218 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31219 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31220 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31221 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31222 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31223 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31224 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31225 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31226 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31227 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31228 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31229 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31230 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31231
31232 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31233 T toggle TAB visualization
31234 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31235 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31236
31237 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31238 ? display brief help
31239
31240 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31241 The valid symbols are:
31242
31243 face toggle face visualization
31244 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31245 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31246 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31247 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31248 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31249 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31250 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31251 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31252 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31253 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31254 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31255 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31256 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31257 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31258 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31259 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31260 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31261
31262 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31263 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31264 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31265
31266 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31267
31268 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31269
31270 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31271
31272 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31273 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31274
31275 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31276 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31277 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31278 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31279 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31280
31281 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31282
31283 The problems cleaned up are:
31284
31285 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31286 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31287 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31288 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31289
31290 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31291 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31292 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31293 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31294 SPACEs.
31295 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31296 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31297 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31298 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31299
31300 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31301 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31302 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31303 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31304 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31305 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31306 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31307 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31308
31309 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31310 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31311 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31312
31313 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31314 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31315 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31316 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31317 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31318 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31319 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31320 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31321
31322 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31323 documentation.
31324
31325 \(fn)" t nil)
31326
31327 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31328 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31329
31330 The problems cleaned up are:
31331
31332 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31333 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31334 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31335 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31336 SPACEs.
31337 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31338 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31339 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31340 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31341
31342 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31343 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31344 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31345 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31346 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31347 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31348 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31349 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31350
31351 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31352 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31353 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31354
31355 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31356 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31357 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31358 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31359 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31360 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31361 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31362 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31363
31364 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31365 documentation.
31366
31367 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31368
31369 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31370 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31371
31372 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31373
31374 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31375
31376 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31377 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31378
31379 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31380 non-nil.
31381
31382 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31383 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31384 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31385
31386 empty
31387 trailing
31388 indentation
31389 space-before-tab
31390 space-after-tab
31391
31392 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31393 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31394 report problems.
31395
31396 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31397
31398 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31399 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31400 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31401 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31402 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31403 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31404 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31405
31406 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31407 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31408 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31409 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31410 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31411 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31412 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31413
31414 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31415 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31416 cleaning up these problems.
31417
31418 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31419
31420 ;;;***
31421 \f
31422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21604 48550 441934
31423 ;;;;;; 230000))
31424 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31425
31426 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31427 Browse the widget under point.
31428
31429 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31430
31431 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31432 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31433
31434 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31435
31436 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31437 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31438
31439 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31440
31441 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31442 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31443 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31444 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31445 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31446
31447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31448
31449 ;;;***
31450 \f
31451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21637 50476 687217
31452 ;;;;;; 122000))
31453 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31454
31455 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31456 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31457
31458 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31459
31460 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31461 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31462 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31463
31464 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31465
31466 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31467 Create widget of TYPE.
31468 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31469
31470 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31471
31472 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31473 Delete WIDGET.
31474
31475 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31476
31477 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31478 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31479
31480 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31481
31482 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31483 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31484 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31485 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31486
31487 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31488 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31489
31490 \(fn)" nil nil)
31491
31492 ;;;***
31493 \f
31494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21604 48550 441934
31495 ;;;;;; 230000))
31496 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31497
31498 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31499 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31500 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31501 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31502 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31503 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31504 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31505
31506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31507
31508 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31509 Select the window above the current one.
31510 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31511 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31512 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31513 negative ARG) of the current window.
31514 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31515
31516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31517
31518 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31519 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31520 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31521 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31522 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31523 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31524 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31525
31526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31527
31528 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31529 Select the window below the current one.
31530 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31531 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31532 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31533 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31534 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31535
31536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31537
31538 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31539 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31540 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31541 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31542
31543 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31544
31545 ;;;***
31546 \f
31547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21604 48550 445934 230000))
31548 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31549
31550 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31551 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31552 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31554 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31555 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31556
31557 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31558
31559 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31560 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31562 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31563 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31564 \\{winner-mode-map}
31565
31566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31567
31568 ;;;***
31569 \f
31570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21604 48550 445934 230000))
31571 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31572 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31573
31574 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31575 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31576 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31577 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31578 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31579
31580 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31581
31582 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31583 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31584 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31585 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31586 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31587 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31588 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31589 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31590
31591 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31592 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31593
31594 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31595
31596 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31597 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31598
31599 \(fn)" t nil)
31600
31601 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31602 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31603 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31604 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31605 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31606 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31607 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31608 `woman' command for further details.
31609
31610 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31611
31612 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31613 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31614
31615 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31616
31617 ;;;***
31618 \f
31619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21604 48550 445934 230000))
31620 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31621
31622 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31623 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31624 Return the top node with all its children.
31625 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31626
31627 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31628 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31629 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31630
31631 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31632
31633 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31634 namespace to URIs instead.
31635
31636 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31637 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31638
31639 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31640
31641 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31642
31643 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31644
31645 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31646 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31647 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31648 not contain well-formed XML.
31649
31650 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31651 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31652 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31653 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31654 element of the list.
31655 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31656 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31657 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31658
31659 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31660
31661 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31662 namespace to URIs instead.
31663
31664 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31665 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31666
31667 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31668
31669 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31670
31671 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31672
31673 ;;;***
31674 \f
31675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21604 48550 241934
31676 ;;;;;; 223000))
31677 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31678
31679 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31680 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31681 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31682 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31683 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31684 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31685 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31686 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31687 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31688 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31689
31690 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31691
31692 ;;;***
31693 \f
31694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21660 28432 372929
31695 ;;;;;; 801000))
31696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31697
31698 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31699 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31700
31701 \(fn)" t nil)
31702
31703 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31704 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31705 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31706
31707 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31708
31709 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31710 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31711
31712 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31713
31714 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31715 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31716
31717 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31718
31719 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31720 Find references to the identifier at point.
31721 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31722
31723 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31724
31725 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31726 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31727 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31728
31729 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31730 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31731 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31732 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31733 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31734 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31735
31736 ;;;***
31737 \f
31738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21604 48550 445934
31739 ;;;;;; 230000))
31740 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31741
31742 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31743 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31744 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31747 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31748
31749 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31750
31751 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31752 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31754 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31755 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31756
31757 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31758 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31759 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31760 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31761 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31762 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31763
31764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31765
31766 ;;;***
31767 \f
31768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21604 48550 121934 218000))
31769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31770
31771 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31772 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31773
31774 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31775
31776 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31777 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31778
31779 \(fn)" nil nil)
31780
31781 ;;;***
31782 \f
31783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21604 48550 309934 225000))
31784 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31785
31786 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31787 Zone out, completely.
31788
31789 \(fn)" t nil)
31790
31791 ;;;***
31792 \f
31793 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "finder-inf.el" "format-spec.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/4Corner.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ARRAY30.el" "leim/quail/CCDOSPY.el" "leim/quail/CTLau-b5.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/CTLau.el" "leim/quail/ECDICT.el" "leim/quail/ETZY.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/PY-b5.el" "leim/quail/PY.el" "leim/quail/Punct-b5.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/Punct.el" "leim/quail/QJ-b5.el" "leim/quail/QJ.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/SW.el" "leim/quail/TONEPY.el" "leim/quail/ZIRANMA.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ZOZY.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/quick-b5.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/quick-cns.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/tsang-b5.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tsang-cns.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21660 28703 181624
32019 ;;;;;; 391000))
32020
32021 ;;;***
32022 \f
32023 (provide 'loaddefs)
32024 ;; Local Variables:
32025 ;; version-control: never
32026 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32027 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32028 ;; coding: utf-8
32029 ;; End:
32030 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here